WO2024126840A1 - Novel compounds for diagnosis - Google Patents
Novel compounds for diagnosis Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2024126840A1 WO2024126840A1 PCT/EP2023/086185 EP2023086185W WO2024126840A1 WO 2024126840 A1 WO2024126840 A1 WO 2024126840A1 EP 2023086185 W EP2023086185 W EP 2023086185W WO 2024126840 A1 WO2024126840 A1 WO 2024126840A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- compound
- c4alkyl
- c4alkoxy
- haloc1
- alpha
- Prior art date
Links
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 title claims abstract description 505
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 title claims description 26
- 108090000185 alpha-Synuclein Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 286
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 146
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 132
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 83
- 208000018737 Parkinson disease Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 64
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 63
- 230000005856 abnormality Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 61
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 52
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 52
- 208000001089 Multiple system atrophy Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 41
- 239000012453 solvate Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 39
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 18
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 11
- 230000004043 responsiveness Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 10
- 102000003802 alpha-Synuclein Human genes 0.000 claims abstract 42
- 102100026882 Alpha-synuclein Human genes 0.000 claims description 249
- 125000004178 (C1-C4) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 162
- 125000000229 (C1-C4)alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 130
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 125
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims description 123
- -1 NR4R5 Chemical group 0.000 claims description 75
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 72
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 52
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 claims description 41
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 33
- 125000005913 (C3-C6) cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 27
- 210000004558 lewy body Anatomy 0.000 claims description 27
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 claims description 25
- 238000002600 positron emission tomography Methods 0.000 claims description 23
- 201000002832 Lewy body dementia Diseases 0.000 claims description 20
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 claims description 18
- 238000011503 in vivo imaging Methods 0.000 claims description 17
- 229910052722 tritium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 15
- 208000024827 Alzheimer disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 14
- 206010067889 Dementia with Lewy bodies Diseases 0.000 claims description 14
- 229910052805 deuterium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 14
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 claims description 14
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 claims description 14
- 238000000163 radioactive labelling Methods 0.000 claims description 13
- YZCKVEUIGOORGS-OUBTZVSYSA-N Deuterium Chemical compound [2H] YZCKVEUIGOORGS-OUBTZVSYSA-N 0.000 claims description 12
- 208000009829 Lewy Body Disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 12
- YZCKVEUIGOORGS-NJFSPNSNSA-N Tritium Chemical compound [3H] YZCKVEUIGOORGS-NJFSPNSNSA-N 0.000 claims description 12
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 claims description 12
- 206010012289 Dementia Diseases 0.000 claims description 11
- 241000282414 Homo sapiens Species 0.000 claims description 11
- 210000003169 central nervous system Anatomy 0.000 claims description 10
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 claims description 10
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 claims description 9
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 9
- 201000011240 Frontotemporal dementia Diseases 0.000 claims description 8
- 101000834898 Homo sapiens Alpha-synuclein Proteins 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000012025 fluorinating agent Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000012217 radiopharmaceutical Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 229940121896 radiopharmaceutical Drugs 0.000 claims description 8
- 230000002799 radiopharmaceutical effect Effects 0.000 claims description 8
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 claims description 7
- 206010002026 amyotrophic lateral sclerosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 6
- 210000005013 brain tissue Anatomy 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000001246 bromo group Chemical group Br* 0.000 claims description 6
- 208000025688 early-onset autosomal dominant Alzheimer disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 6
- 208000015756 familial Alzheimer disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 6
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 6
- 238000002610 neuroimaging Methods 0.000 claims description 6
- 208000002593 pantothenate kinase-associated neurodegeneration Diseases 0.000 claims description 6
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000002346 iodo group Chemical group I* 0.000 claims description 5
- 201000002212 progressive supranuclear palsy Diseases 0.000 claims description 5
- 208000009106 Shy-Drager Syndrome Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 150000003863 ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 4
- KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-BJUDXGSMSA-M fluorine-18(1-) Chemical compound [18F-] KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-BJUDXGSMSA-M 0.000 claims description 4
- 208000031237 olivopontocerebellar atrophy Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 238000011002 quantification Methods 0.000 claims description 4
- 208000003755 striatonigral degeneration Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- DZLFLBLQUQXARW-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrabutylammonium Chemical compound CCCC[N+](CCCC)(CCCC)CCCC DZLFLBLQUQXARW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 208000023697 ABri amyloidosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010000117 Abnormal behaviour Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010003591 Ataxia Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000004051 Chronic Traumatic Encephalopathy Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000011990 Corticobasal Degeneration Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000019505 Deglutition disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 201000010374 Down Syndrome Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000015872 Gaucher disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 201000000162 ITM2B-related cerebral amyloid angiopathy 1 Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000003832 Kufor-Rakeb syndrome Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000015439 Lysosomal storage disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 201000005190 Meige syndrome Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000026072 Motor neurone disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000000609 Pick Disease of the Brain Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000024777 Prion disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000009144 Pure autonomic failure Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000037065 Subacute sclerosing leukoencephalitis Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010042297 Subacute sclerosing panencephalitis Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000034799 Tauopathies Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000030886 Traumatic Brain injury Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000017004 dementia pugilistica Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000005264 motor neuron disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000005340 mucopolysaccharidosis III Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000011045 mucopolysaccharidosis type 3 Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000033510 neuroaxonal dystrophy Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000036385 rapid eye movement (rem) sleep Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000009529 traumatic brain injury Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000020406 Creutzfeldt Jacob disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000003407 Creutzfeldt-Jakob Syndrome Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000010859 Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000003736 Gerstmann-Straussler-Scheinker Disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 206010072075 Gerstmann-Straussler-Scheinker syndrome Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000010055 Globoid Cell Leukodystrophy Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000023105 Huntington disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000028226 Krabbe disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 2
- 210000000349 chromosome Anatomy 0.000 claims description 2
- 201000008319 inclusion body myositis Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 102000029797 Prion Human genes 0.000 claims 1
- 108091000054 Prion Proteins 0.000 claims 1
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanol Substances OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 71
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 64
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 48
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 38
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 38
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 33
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 31
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical compound CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 30
- 210000004556 brain Anatomy 0.000 description 29
- 238000005160 1H NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 25
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 24
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 24
- 239000000543 intermediate Substances 0.000 description 21
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 21
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 19
- 239000012299 nitrogen atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 19
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 18
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 17
- 235000019439 ethyl acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 16
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 208000032859 Synucleinopathies Diseases 0.000 description 14
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-WFGJKAKNSA-N Dimethyl sulfoxide Chemical compound [2H]C([2H])([2H])S(=O)C([2H])([2H])[2H] IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-WFGJKAKNSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 13
- VREFGVBLTWBCJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N alprazolam Chemical compound C12=CC(Cl)=CC=C2N2C(C)=NN=C2CN=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 VREFGVBLTWBCJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 12
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 description 11
- RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-Dioxane Chemical compound C1COCCO1 RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Palladium Chemical compound [Pd] KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 210000001175 cerebrospinal fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 10
- 239000012216 imaging agent Substances 0.000 description 10
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 10
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- 239000000741 silica gel Substances 0.000 description 10
- 229910002027 silica gel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 10
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 10
- JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA) Chemical compound CCN(C(C)C)C(C)C JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 238000004440 column chromatography Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000012044 organic layer Substances 0.000 description 9
- XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Argon Chemical compound [Ar] XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 239000007832 Na2SO4 Substances 0.000 description 8
- OFBQJSOFQDEBGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pentane Chemical compound CCCCC OFBQJSOFQDEBGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Sulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 8
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 8
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000013058 crude material Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 8
- 210000002241 neurite Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- 239000012074 organic phase Substances 0.000 description 8
- 229910052938 sodium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 235000011152 sodium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 8
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000002480 mineral oil Substances 0.000 description 7
- 235000010446 mineral oil Nutrition 0.000 description 7
- 230000001537 neural effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 238000010898 silica gel chromatography Methods 0.000 description 7
- PFKFTWBEEFSNDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1'-Carbonyldiimidazole Substances C1=CN=CN1C(=O)N1C=CN=C1 PFKFTWBEEFSNDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrolidine Chemical compound C1CCNC1 RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical class [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 6
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 239000012300 argon atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 6
- 210000001124 body fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 239000010839 body fluid Substances 0.000 description 6
- NKLCNNUWBJBICK-UHFFFAOYSA-N dess–martin periodinane Chemical compound C1=CC=C2I(OC(=O)C)(OC(C)=O)(OC(C)=O)OC(=O)C2=C1 NKLCNNUWBJBICK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000003682 fluorination reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- 210000003000 inclusion body Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000004809 thin layer chromatography Methods 0.000 description 6
- WSLDOOZREJYCGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-Dichloroethane Chemical compound ClCCCl WSLDOOZREJYCGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 5
- 238000005481 NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 5
- KEAYESYHFKHZAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium Chemical compound [Na] KEAYESYHFKHZAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 5
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N Trichloro(2H)methane Chemical compound [2H]C(Cl)(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 238000010306 acid treatment Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 239000000090 biomarker Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 5
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 239000012267 brine Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000002518 glial effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000002595 magnetic resonance imaging Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000004770 neurodegeneration Effects 0.000 description 5
- 208000015122 neurodegenerative disease Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 210000002569 neuron Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 5
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 230000008506 pathogenesis Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000007170 pathology Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000026731 phosphorylation Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000006366 phosphorylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000002285 radioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000012312 sodium hydride Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910000104 sodium hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;chloride;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Na+].[Cl-] HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 5
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229940032147 starch Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 5
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 4
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 208000027089 Parkinsonian disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 206010034010 Parkinsonism Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 102000004022 Protein-Tyrosine Kinases Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108090000412 Protein-Tyrosine Kinases Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 230000032683 aging Effects 0.000 description 4
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910052786 argon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 4
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 238000009509 drug development Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 239000005457 ice water Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 4
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- 210000004248 oligodendroglia Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium carbonate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]C([O-])=O BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 230000002207 retinal effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000002603 single-photon emission computed tomography Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 4
- QCQCHGYLTSGIGX-GHXANHINSA-N 4-[[(3ar,5ar,5br,7ar,9s,11ar,11br,13as)-5a,5b,8,8,11a-pentamethyl-3a-[(5-methylpyridine-3-carbonyl)amino]-2-oxo-1-propan-2-yl-4,5,6,7,7a,9,10,11,11b,12,13,13a-dodecahydro-3h-cyclopenta[a]chrysen-9-yl]oxy]-2,2-dimethyl-4-oxobutanoic acid Chemical compound N([C@@]12CC[C@@]3(C)[C@]4(C)CC[C@H]5C(C)(C)[C@@H](OC(=O)CC(C)(C)C(O)=O)CC[C@]5(C)[C@H]4CC[C@@H]3C1=C(C(C2)=O)C(C)C)C(=O)C1=CN=CC(C)=C1 QCQCHGYLTSGIGX-GHXANHINSA-N 0.000 description 3
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WVDDGKGOMKODPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzyl alcohol Chemical compound OCC1=CC=CC=C1 WVDDGKGOMKODPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanesulfonic acid Chemical compound CS(O)(=O)=O AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 238000006069 Suzuki reaction reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000002159 abnormal effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000009825 accumulation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000002776 aggregation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000004220 aggregation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 3
- 210000004227 basal ganglia Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000000133 brain stem Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000003902 lesion Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000002808 molecular sieve Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000002981 neuropathic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000002674 ointment Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 230000001575 pathological effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000008188 pellet Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000019271 petrolatum Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 230000004481 post-translational protein modification Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000000719 pyrrolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000000700 radioactive tracer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000006268 reductive amination reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000013548 repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- URGAHOPLAPQHLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium aluminosilicate Chemical compound [Na+].[Al+3].[O-][Si]([O-])=O.[O-][Si]([O-])=O URGAHOPLAPQHLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000012321 sodium triacetoxyborohydride Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000009870 specific binding Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 3
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 description 3
- WJFDQNDYQVFWKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N (17-acetyl-10,13-dimethyl-6,16-dimethylidene-3-oxo-2,7,8,9,11,12,14,15-octahydro-1h-cyclopenta[a]phenanthren-17-yl) acetate Chemical compound C1C(=C)C2=CC(=O)CCC2(C)C2C1C1CC(=C)C(OC(=O)C)(C(C)=O)C1(C)CC2 WJFDQNDYQVFWKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LBGSWBJURUFGLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methylpyrazol-4-amine Chemical compound CN1C=C(N)C=N1 LBGSWBJURUFGLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WXTMDXOMEHJXQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,5-dihydroxybenzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC(O)=CC=C1O WXTMDXOMEHJXQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PYCKJIAEKJWSKM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-fluoropropyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(=O)(=O)OCCCF)C=C1 PYCKJIAEKJWSKM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ALYNCZNDIQEVRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-aminobenzoic acid Chemical compound NC1=CC=C(C(O)=O)C=C1 ALYNCZNDIQEVRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SPXOTSHWBDUUMT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 4-nitrobenzenesulfonate Chemical compound [O-][N+](=O)C1=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C1 SPXOTSHWBDUUMT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia chloride Chemical compound [NH4+].[Cl-] NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000013455 Amyloid beta-Peptides Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010090849 Amyloid beta-Peptides Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000009091 Amyloidogenic Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010048112 Amyloidogenic Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N Ascorbic acid Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium carbonate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[O-]C([O-])=O VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon dioxide Chemical compound O=C=O CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloroform Chemical compound ClC(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000009007 Diagnostic Kit Methods 0.000 description 2
- YCKRFDGAMUMZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine atom Chemical compound [F] YCKRFDGAMUMZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920002153 Hydroxypropyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 2
- FXHOOIRPVKKKFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylacetamide Chemical compound CN(C)C(C)=O FXHOOIRPVKKKFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004264 Petrolatum Substances 0.000 description 2
- 102000001253 Protein Kinase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 2
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-BJUDXGSMSA-N ac1l2y5h Chemical compound [18FH] KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-BJUDXGSMSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SPEUIVXLLWOEMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetaldehyde dimethyl acetal Natural products COC(C)OC SPEUIVXLLWOEMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexanal;sodium Chemical compound [Na].CC(O)=O.OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C=O DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000003513 alkali Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000008052 alkyl sulfonates Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 125000002393 azetidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 2
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000008499 blood brain barrier function Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000001218 blood-brain barrier Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 210000004899 c-terminal region Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- FJDQFPXHSGXQBY-UHFFFAOYSA-L caesium carbonate Chemical compound [Cs+].[Cs+].[O-]C([O-])=O FJDQFPXHSGXQBY-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010980 cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002591 computed tomography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001054 cortical effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000006071 cream Substances 0.000 description 2
- NXQGGXCHGDYOHB-UHFFFAOYSA-L cyclopenta-1,4-dien-1-yl(diphenyl)phosphane;dichloropalladium;iron(2+) Chemical compound [Fe+2].Cl[Pd]Cl.[CH-]1C=CC(P(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=2C=CC=CC=2)=C1.[CH-]1C=CC(P(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=2C=CC=CC=2)=C1 NXQGGXCHGDYOHB-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 210000000805 cytoplasm Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003412 degenerative effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002405 diagnostic procedure Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007884 disintegrant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 2
- VYFYYTLLBUKUHU-UHFFFAOYSA-N dopamine Chemical compound NCCC1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1 VYFYYTLLBUKUHU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 230000003619 fibrillary effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000799 fluorescence microscopy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000003599 food sweetener Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012458 free base Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940093915 gynecological organic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000001863 hydroxypropyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010977 hydroxypropyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000001866 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010979 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920003088 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Chemical compound OC1C(O)C(OC)OC(CO)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC2C(C(O)C(OC3C(C(O)C(O)C(CO)O3)O)C(CO)O2)O)C(CO)O1 UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- HXWLAJVUJSVENX-HFIFKADTSA-N ioflupane I(123) Chemical compound C1([C@H]2C[C@@H]3CC[C@@H](N3CCCF)[C@H]2C(=O)OC)=CC=C([123I])C=C1 HXWLAJVUJSVENX-HFIFKADTSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000001786 isothiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000000155 isotopic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002372 labelling Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000006210 lotion Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000002503 metabolic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 2
- 239000007922 nasal spray Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000006199 nebulizer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000006396 nitration reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012633 nuclear imaging Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010534 nucleophilic substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 235000005985 organic acids Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- PIBWKRNGBLPSSY-UHFFFAOYSA-L palladium(II) chloride Chemical compound Cl[Pd]Cl PIBWKRNGBLPSSY-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 229940066842 petrolatum Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000005936 piperidyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229910000027 potassium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000015320 potassium carbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000750 progressive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003380 propellant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108060006633 protein kinase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 125000003226 pyrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 102200036626 rs104893877 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102200036620 rs104893878 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000017557 sodium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000638 stimulation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000375 suspending agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003765 sweetening agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 125000000335 thiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000010798 ubiquitination Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000034512 ubiquitination Effects 0.000 description 2
- YTCIHPTZKKWKKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2-chloropyrimidin-5-yl)boronic acid Chemical compound OB(O)C1=CN=C(Cl)N=C1 YTCIHPTZKKWKKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WEQLWGNDNRARGE-DJIMGWMZSA-N (2R,3R,11bR)-9,10-dimethoxy-3-(2-methylpropyl)-2,3,4,6,7,11b-hexahydro-1H-benzo[a]quinolizin-2-ol Chemical compound C1CN2C[C@@H](CC(C)C)[C@H](O)C[C@@H]2C2=C1C=C(OC)C(OC)=C2 WEQLWGNDNRARGE-DJIMGWMZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LNAZSHAWQACDHT-XIYTZBAFSA-N (2r,3r,4s,5r,6s)-4,5-dimethoxy-2-(methoxymethyl)-3-[(2s,3r,4s,5r,6r)-3,4,5-trimethoxy-6-(methoxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxy-6-[(2r,3r,4s,5r,6r)-4,5,6-trimethoxy-2-(methoxymethyl)oxan-3-yl]oxyoxane Chemical compound CO[C@@H]1[C@@H](OC)[C@H](OC)[C@@H](COC)O[C@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](OC)[C@@H](OC)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](OC)[C@H](OC)O[C@@H]2COC)OC)O[C@@H]1COC LNAZSHAWQACDHT-XIYTZBAFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LENYOXXELREKGZ-WCCKRBBISA-N (3s)-3-fluoropyrrolidin-1-ium;chloride Chemical compound Cl.F[C@H]1CCNC1 LENYOXXELREKGZ-WCCKRBBISA-N 0.000 description 1
- FILPSSRLYOLUSF-UHFFFAOYSA-N (6-fluoro-2-methylpyridin-3-yl)boronic acid Chemical compound CC1=NC(F)=CC=C1B(O)O FILPSSRLYOLUSF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OJBYZWHAPXIJID-UHFFFAOYSA-N (6-fluoropyridin-3-yl)boronic acid Chemical compound OB(O)C1=CC=C(F)N=C1 OJBYZWHAPXIJID-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KZPYGQFFRCFCPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1'-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene Chemical compound [Fe+2].C1=CC=C[C-]1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=C[C-]1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 KZPYGQFFRCFCPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YFMFNYKEUDLDTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1,1,2,3,3,3-heptafluoropropane Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C(F)C(F)(F)F YFMFNYKEUDLDTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LVGUZGTVOIAKKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1,1,2-tetrafluoroethane Chemical compound FCC(F)(F)F LVGUZGTVOIAKKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DDMOUSALMHHKOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-dichloro-1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethane Chemical compound FC(F)(Cl)C(F)(F)Cl DDMOUSALMHHKOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NLMDJJTUQPXZFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4,10,13-tetraoxa-7,16-diazacyclooctadecane Chemical compound C1COCCOCCNCCOCCOCCN1 NLMDJJTUQPXZFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OKMWKBLSFKFYGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-behenoylglycerol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(O)CO OKMWKBLSFKFYGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XEZNGIUYQVAUSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 18-crown-6 Chemical compound C1COCCOCCOCCOCCOCCO1 XEZNGIUYQVAUSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RFMOYZFGGVGWRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1h-1,2,4-triazole-5-carbaldehyde Chemical compound O=CC=1N=CNN=1 RFMOYZFGGVGWRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004206 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(*)C(F)(F)F 0.000 description 1
- KIYKHEOWZLJZSB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,5-dibromopyrazine Chemical compound BrC1=CN=C(Br)C=N1 KIYKHEOWZLJZSB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BPXKZEMBEZGUAH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(chloromethoxy)ethyl-trimethylsilane Chemical compound C[Si](C)(C)CCOCCl BPXKZEMBEZGUAH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005273 2-acetoxybenzoic acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- AOYNUTHNTBLRMT-SLPGGIOYSA-N 2-deoxy-2-fluoro-aldehydo-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](F)C=O AOYNUTHNTBLRMT-SLPGGIOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GGDYAKVUZMZKRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-fluoroethanol Chemical compound OCCF GGDYAKVUZMZKRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LEACJMVNYZDSKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-octyldodecan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCC(CO)CCCCCCCC LEACJMVNYZDSKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AUFVJZSDSXXFOI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2.2.2-cryptand Chemical compound C1COCCOCCN2CCOCCOCCN1CCOCCOCC2 AUFVJZSDSXXFOI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CUYKNJBYIJFRCU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-aminopyridine Chemical compound NC1=CC=CN=C1 CUYKNJBYIJFRCU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MRWWWZLJWNIEEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-2-propan-2-yloxy-1,3,2-dioxaborolane Chemical compound CC(C)OB1OC(C)(C)C(C)(C)O1 MRWWWZLJWNIEEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HIQIXEFWDLTDED-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-hydroxy-1-piperidin-4-ylpyrrolidin-2-one Chemical compound O=C1CC(O)CN1C1CCNCC1 HIQIXEFWDLTDED-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XORHNJQEWQGXCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-nitro-1h-pyrazole Chemical compound [O-][N+](=O)C=1C=NNC=1 XORHNJQEWQGXCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MYUQKYGWKHTRPG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-bromo-2-fluoropyridine Chemical compound FC1=CC=C(Br)C=N1 MYUQKYGWKHTRPG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MZRUFMBFIKGOAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-nitro-1h-pyrazole Chemical compound [O-][N+](=O)C1=CC=NN1 MZRUFMBFIKGOAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-[3-(1-cyclopropylpyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl]-3-methyl-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-2-one Chemical class C1(CC1)N1N=CC(=C1)C1=NNC2=C1N=C(N=C2)N1C2C(N(CC1CC2)C)=O HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000001049 Amyloid Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010094108 Amyloid Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000037259 Amyloid Plaque Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010003694 Atrophy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010006100 Bradykinesia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000014644 Brain disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Busulfan Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)OCCCCOS(C)(=O)=O COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chloride anion Chemical compound [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229920002785 Croscarmellose sodium Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000858 Cyclodextrin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 101100503636 Danio rerio fyna gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004338 Dichlorodifluoromethane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010061818 Disease progression Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010073210 Dystonic tremor Diseases 0.000 description 1
- LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Elaidinsaeure-aethylester Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241001125671 Eretmochelys imbricata Species 0.000 description 1
- OTMSDBZUPAUEDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethane Chemical compound CC OTMSDBZUPAUEDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101150018272 FYN gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003688 G-Protein-Coupled Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000045 G-Protein-Coupled Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004705 High-molecular-weight polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000016252 Huntingtin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108050004784 Huntingtin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000006083 Hypokinesia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000015696 Interleukins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010063738 Interleukins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010029660 Intrinsically Disordered Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 240000007472 Leucaena leucocephala Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000010643 Leucaena leucocephala Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 240000003183 Manihot esculenta Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000016735 Manihot esculenta subsp esculenta Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241001272720 Medialuna californiensis Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920000168 Microcrystalline cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 208000019430 Motor disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010061296 Motor dysfunction Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000699660 Mus musculus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000002740 Muscle Rigidity Diseases 0.000 description 1
- MZRVEZGGRBJDDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Butyllithium Chemical compound [Li]CCCC MZRVEZGGRBJDDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BACYUWVYYTXETD-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Lauroylsarcosine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)N(C)CC(O)=O BACYUWVYYTXETD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000012902 Nervous system disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000025966 Neurological disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010081689 Osteopontin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004264 Osteopontin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 238000012879 PET imaging Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940122907 Phosphatase inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001214 Polysorbate 60 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 208000037048 Prodromal Symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940124158 Protease/peptidase inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 101150110423 SNCA gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000001332 SRC Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108060006706 SRC Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 235000019485 Safflower oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 208000032023 Signs and Symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 244000061456 Solanum tuberosum Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000002595 Solanum tuberosum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- HVUMOYIDDBPOLL-XWVZOOPGSA-N Sorbitan monostearate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@@H](O)[C@H]1OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1O HVUMOYIDDBPOLL-XWVZOOPGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004147 Sorbitan trioleate Substances 0.000 description 1
- PRXRUNOAOLTIEF-ADSICKODSA-N Sorbitan trioleate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@@H](OC(=O)CCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC)[C@H]1OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)CCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC PRXRUNOAOLTIEF-ADSICKODSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000021355 Stearic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 102000000551 Syk Kinase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010016672 Syk Kinase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108060008539 Transglutaminase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010044565 Tremor Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 240000008042 Zea mays Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000005824 Zea mays ssp. parviglumis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000002017 Zea mays subsp mays Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000004849 abnormal protein aggregation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000003158 alcohol group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004183 alkoxy alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 208000026935 allergic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000019270 ammonium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000002555 anti-neurodegenerative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007900 aqueous suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960005070 ascorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010323 ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011668 ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000429 assembly Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000712 assembly Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037444 atrophy Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002567 autonomic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000376 autoradiography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000021018 autosomal dominant inheritance Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000003050 axon Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003376 axonal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006399 behavior Effects 0.000 description 1
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid group Chemical group C(C1=CC=CC=C1)(=O)O WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019445 benzyl alcohol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000002619 bicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000004166 bioassay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 1
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Substances BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006172 buffering agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 244000309464 bull Species 0.000 description 1
- 229910000024 caesium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000019 calcium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- FUFJGUQYACFECW-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium hydrogenphosphate Chemical compound [Ca+2].OP([O-])([O-])=O FUFJGUQYACFECW-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000001506 calcium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000389 calcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000011010 calcium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001569 carbon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910002092 carbon dioxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001735 carboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000030833 cell death Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003850 cellular structure Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000007541 cellular toxicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002490 cerebral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940081733 cetearyl alcohol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002738 chelating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007795 chemical reaction product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003240 coconut oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019864 coconut oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000006999 cognitive decline Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000010877 cognitive disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000004040 coloring Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012790 confirmation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013270 controlled release Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000005822 corn Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000012343 cottonseed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002385 cottonseed oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960001681 croscarmellose sodium Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000004132 cross linking Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000010947 crosslinked sodium carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000003983 crown ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000012043 crude product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002739 cryptand Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940097362 cyclodextrins Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001086 cytosolic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000034994 death Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006115 defluorination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002939 deleterious effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008021 deposition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007933 dermal patch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000032 diagnostic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940039227 diagnostic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019700 dicalcium phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940095079 dicalcium phosphate anhydrous Drugs 0.000 description 1
- PXBRQCKWGAHEHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N dichlorodifluoromethane Chemical compound FC(F)(Cl)Cl PXBRQCKWGAHEHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019404 dichlorodifluoromethane Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940042935 dichlorodifluoromethane Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940087091 dichlorotetrafluoroethane Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000005911 diet Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000037213 diet Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001028 difluoromethyl group Chemical group [H]C(F)(F)* 0.000 description 1
- IJKVHSBPTUYDLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N dihydroxy(oxo)silane Chemical compound O[Si](O)=O IJKVHSBPTUYDLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000532 dioxanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000002016 disaccharides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000005750 disease progression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960003638 dopamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000010249 dopaminergic function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000005064 dopaminergic neuron Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003291 dopaminomimetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000890 drug combination Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012377 drug delivery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002651 drug therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940112141 dry powder inhaler Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000010410 dusting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008157 edible vegetable oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001804 emulsifying effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008387 emulsifying waxe Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002327 eosinophilic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000006517 essential tremor Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-QXMHVHEDSA-N ethyl oleate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OCC LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-QXMHVHEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940093471 ethyl oleate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- DEFVIWRASFVYLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethylene glycol bis(2-aminoethyl)tetraacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCOCCOCCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O DEFVIWRASFVYLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008020 evaporation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000029142 excretion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011536 extraction buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000035557 fibrillogenesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003818 flash chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000019634 flavors Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000004216 fluoromethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(F)* 0.000 description 1
- 235000013355 food flavoring agent Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000002496 gastric effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007903 gelatin capsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004545 gene duplication Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007429 general method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960005219 gentisic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940049654 glyceryl behenate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000002334 glycols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000013595 glycosylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006206 glycosylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005469 granulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003179 granulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 1
- UBHWBODXJBSFLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexadecan-1-ol;octadecan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO UBHWBODXJBSFLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000001320 hippocampus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 208000003906 hydrocephalus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000005828 hydrofluoroalkanes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000017 hydrogel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 1
- IXCSERBJSXMMFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen chloride Substances Cl.Cl IXCSERBJSXMMFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000041 hydrogen chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- UWYVPFMHMJIBHE-OWOJBTEDSA-N hydroxymaleic acid group Chemical group O/C(/C(=O)O)=C/C(=O)O UWYVPFMHMJIBHE-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000036260 idiopathic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000010874 in vitro model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 1
- VBCVPMMZEGZULK-NRFANRHFSA-N indoxacarb Chemical compound C([C@@]1(OC2)C(=O)OC)C3=CC(Cl)=CC=C3C1=NN2C(=O)N(C(=O)OC)C1=CC=C(OC(F)(F)F)C=C1 VBCVPMMZEGZULK-NRFANRHFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000006698 induction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052500 inorganic mineral Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229940047122 interleukins Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000000185 intracerebroventricular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007917 intracranial administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000001739 intranuclear inclusion body Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000007912 intraperitoneal administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011835 investigation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- INQOMBQAUSQDDS-BJUDXGSMSA-N iodomethane Chemical class I[11CH3] INQOMBQAUSQDDS-BJUDXGSMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004898 ioflupane i-123 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003456 ion exchange resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920003303 ion-exchange polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000007794 irritation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002510 isobutoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940057995 liquid paraffin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000007726 management method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013160 medical therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004379 membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004060 metabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- SIIICDNNMDMWCI-LTFFGQHJSA-N methyl (1s,3s,4s,5r)-3-(4-iodanylphenyl)-8-methyl-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane-4-carboxylate Chemical compound C1([C@H]2C[C@@H]3CC[C@@H](N3C)[C@H]2C(=O)OC)=CC=C([123I])C=C1 SIIICDNNMDMWCI-LTFFGQHJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000609 methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001923 methylcellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010981 methylcellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000004452 microanalysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002493 microarray Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008108 microcrystalline cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940016286 microcrystalline cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019813 microcrystalline cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000003278 mimic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011707 mineral Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010755 mineral Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003607 modifier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003068 molecular probe Substances 0.000 description 1
- ODLHGICHYURWBS-FOSILIAISA-N molport-023-220-444 Chemical compound CC(O)COC[C@@H]([C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]1O)O)O[C@@H]2O[C@H]([C@H](O[C@@H]3O[C@@H](COCC(C)O)[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]3O)O)O[C@@H]3O[C@@H](COCC(C)O)[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]3O)O)O[C@@H]3O[C@@H](COCC(C)O)[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]3O)O)O[C@@H]3O[C@@H](COCC(C)O)[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]3O)O)O3)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]2O)COCC(O)C)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]3O[C@H]1COCC(C)O ODLHGICHYURWBS-FOSILIAISA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002772 monosaccharides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002757 morpholinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000000877 morphologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004108 n-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 210000004897 n-terminal region Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940097496 nasal spray Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000000478 neocortex Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000000626 neurodegenerative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000005044 neurofilament Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000009251 neurologic dysfunction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000015015 neurological dysfunction Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000005015 neuronal process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000189 neurotoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000002887 neurotoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012457 nonaqueous media Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000633 nuclear envelope Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000004940 nucleus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC(C)CCCCCCCCC(O)=O OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000001706 olfactory mucosa Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000004006 olive oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000008390 olive oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000003566 oxetanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001717 pathogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001991 pathophysiological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000137 peptide hydrolase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000035699 permeability Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940124531 pharmaceutical excipient Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003285 pharmacodynamic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- WLJVXDMOQOGPHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 WLJVXDMOQOGPHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003904 phospholipids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004193 piperazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229920001983 poloxamer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001818 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monostearate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010989 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monostearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920000136 polysorbate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940113124 polysorbate 60 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001144 postural effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- SCVFZCLFOSHCOH-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium acetate Chemical compound [K+].CC([O-])=O SCVFZCLFOSHCOH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 230000002028 premature Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012746 preparative thin layer chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002335 preservative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003518 presynaptic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 235000013772 propylene glycol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000017854 proteolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002685 pulmonary effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004309 pyranyl group Chemical group O1C(C=CC=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003373 pyrazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002098 pyridazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000714 pyrimidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000003908 quality control method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004445 quantitative analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003242 quaternary ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000005258 radioactive decay Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000035484 reaction time Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006722 reduction reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009256 replacement therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102200036624 rs104893875 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102200036623 rs201106962 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- SIIICDNNMDMWCI-YJNKXOJESA-N rti-55 Chemical compound C1([C@H]2C[C@@H]3CC[C@@H](N3C)[C@H]2C(=O)OC)=CC=C(I)C=C1 SIIICDNNMDMWCI-YJNKXOJESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000005713 safflower oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003813 safflower oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003296 saliva Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940016590 sarkosyl Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108700004121 sarkosyl Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000004760 silicates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000012279 sodium borohydride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000033 sodium borohydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019812 sodium carboxymethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001027 sodium carboxymethylcellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001509 sodium citrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- NLJMYIDDQXHKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-K sodium citrate Chemical compound O.O.[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O NLJMYIDDQXHKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 239000008109 sodium starch glycolate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920003109 sodium starch glycolate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940079832 sodium starch glycolate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008247 solid mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001587 sorbitan monostearate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011076 sorbitan monostearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940035048 sorbitan monostearate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019337 sorbitan trioleate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960000391 sorbitan trioleate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003549 soybean oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012424 soybean oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000003595 spectral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- VNFWTIYUKDMAOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N sphos Chemical group COC1=CC=CC(OC)=C1C1=CC=CC=C1P(C1CCCCC1)C1CCCCC1 VNFWTIYUKDMAOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000000278 spinal cord Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003594 spinal ganglia Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 102000009076 src-Family Kinases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010087686 src-Family Kinases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008117 stearic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011550 stock solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003523 substantia nigra Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000005846 sugar alcohols Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000829 suppository Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002194 synthesizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000012222 talc Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000005621 tetraalkylammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005497 tetraalkylphosphonium group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- MHXBHWLGRWOABW-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetradecyl octadecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCCCCCCCCCCCCCC MHXBHWLGRWOABW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003718 tetrahydrofuranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001412 tetrahydropyranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005958 tetrahydrothienyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002562 thickening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene-4-sulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 238000011830 transgenic mouse model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000003601 transglutaminase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H tricalcium bis(phosphate) Chemical compound [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 1
- CYRMSUTZVYGINF-UHFFFAOYSA-N trichlorofluoromethane Chemical compound FC(Cl)(Cl)Cl CYRMSUTZVYGINF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940029284 trichlorofluoromethane Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000003866 trichloromethyl group Chemical group ClC(Cl)(Cl)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000004704 ultra performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000825 ultraviolet detection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006439 vascular pathology Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000007 visual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012800 visualization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003643 water by type Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001993 wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000080 wetting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003871 white petrolatum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002023 wood Substances 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D487/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
- C07D487/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
- C07D487/04—Ortho-condensed systems
Definitions
- the present invention relates to novel compounds of formula (I), or a detectably labelled compound, stereoisomer, racemic mixture, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, that can be employed in the imaging of alpha-synuclein aggregates and determining an amount thereof.
- the compounds can be used for diagnosing a disease, disorder or abnormality associated with alpha-synuclein (a-synuclein, A-synuclein, aSynuclein, A-syn, a-syn, aSyn, a-syn) aggregates, such as Parkinson’s disease or multiple system atrophy, determining a predisposition to such a disease, disorder or abnormality, prognosing such a disease, disorder or abnormality, monitoring the evolution of the disease in a patient suffering from such a disease, disorder or abnormality, monitoring the progression of such a disease, disorder or abnormality and predicting responsiveness of a patient suffering from such a disease, disorder or abnormality to a treatment thereof.
- the present invention also relates to processes for the preparation of the compounds and their precursors, diagnostic compositions comprising the compounds, methods of using the compounds, kits comprising the compounds and their uses thereof.
- amyloid beta amyloid beta
- Amyloid-like proteins that form mainly intracellular aggregates include, but are not limited to, Tau, alpha-synuclein, and huntingtin (HTT).
- Diseases involving alpha-synuclein aggregates are generally listed as synucleinopathies (or alpha-synucleinopathies) and these include, but are not limited to Parkinson’s disease (PD) or multiple system atrophy (MSA).
- PD Parkinson’s disease
- MSA multiple system atrophy
- Synucleinopathies with primarily neuronal aggregates include, but are not limited to, Parkinson's disease (sporadic, familial with SNCA (the gene encoding for the alpha-synuclein protein) mutations or SNCA gene duplication or triplication, familial with mutations in other genes than SNCA, pure autonomic failure and Lewy body dysphagia), SNCA duplication carrier, Lewy Body dementia (LBD), dementia with Lewy bodies (DLB) (“pure” Lewy body dementia), Parkinson’s disease dementia (PDD), diffuse Lewy body disease (DLBD), Alzheimer’s disease, sporadic Alzheimer’s disease, familial Alzheimer's disease with APP mutations, familial Alzheimer's disease with PS-1 , PS-2 or other mutations, familial British dementia, Lewy body variant of Alzheimer’s disease and normal aging in Down syndrome.
- Parkinson's disease sporadic, familial with SNCA (the gene encoding for the alpha-synuclein protein
- Synucleinopathies with neuronal and glial aggregates of alpha-synuclein include, but are not limited to, multiple system atrophy (MSA) (Shy-Drager syndrome, striatonigral degeneration and olivopontocerebellar atrophy).
- MSA multiple system atrophy
- alpha-synuclein-immunoreactive lesions are, but are not limited to, traumatic brain injury, chronic traumatic encephalopathy, dementia puglistica, tauopathies (Pick's disease, frontotemporal dementia, progressive supranuclear palsy, corticobasal degeneration and Niemann-Pick type C1 disease, frontotemporal dementia with Parkinsonism linked to chromosome 17), motor neuron disease, Huntington’s disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (sporadic, familial and ALS-dementia complex of Guam), neuroaxonal dystrophy, neurodegeneration with brain iron accumulation type 1 (Hallervorden-Spatz syndrome), prion diseases, Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease, ataxia telangiectatica, Meige’s syndrome, subacute sclerosing panencephalitis, Gerstmann- Straussler-Scheinker disease, inclusion-body myositis, Gaucher disease,
- Alpha-synuclein is a 140 amino acid natively unfolded protein (Iwai et al., Biochemistry 1995, 34(32), 10139-10145).
- the sequence of alpha-synuclein can be divided into three main domains: 1 ) the N- terminal region comprising of residues 1-60, which contains the 11-mer amphipatic imperfect repeat residues with highly conserved hexamer (KTKEGV).
- This region has been implicated in regulating alpha-synuclein binding to membranes and its internalization; 2) the hydrophobic Non Amyloid beta Component (NAC) domain spanning residues 61-95; which is essential for alpha-synuclein fibrillization; and 3) the C-terminal region spanning residues 96-140 which is highly acidic and prolinerich and has no distinct structural propensity.
- Alpha-synuclein has been shown to undergo several posttranslational modifications, including truncations, phosphorylation, ubiquitination, oxidation and/or transglutaminase covalent cross linking (Fujiwara et al., Nat. Cell. Biol.
- Tyr-125 residues can be phosphorylated by two Src family protein tyrosine kinases, c-Src and Fyn (Ellis et al., J. Biol. Chem.
- Alpha-synuclein has proved to be an outstanding substrate for protein tyrosine kinase p72 syk (Syk) in vitro-, once it is extensively Tyr-phosphorylated by Syk or tyrosine kinases with similar specificity, it loses the ability to form oligomers, suggesting a putative anti- neurodegenerative role for these tyrosine kinases (Negro et al., FASEB J. 2002, 16(2), 210-212).
- Alpha-synuclein can be Ser-phosphorylated by protein kinases CKI and CKII (Okochi et al., J. Biol. Chem. 2000, 275(1 ), 390-397).
- Ser-129 is also phosphorylated by G-protein-coupled receptor protein kinases (Pronin et al., J. Biol. Chem. 2000, 275(34), 26515-26522). Extensive and selective phosphorylation of alpha-synuclein at Ser-129 is evident in synucleinopathy lesions, including Lewy bodies (Fujiwara et al., Nat. Cell. Biol. 2002, 4(2); 160-164). Other post-translational modifications in the carboxyl-terminal, including glycosylation on Ser-129 (McLean et al., Neurosci. Lett. 2002, 323(3), 219-223) and nitration on Tyr-125, -133, and -136 (Takahashi et al., Brain Res.
- Abnormal protein aggregation appears to be a common feature in aging brain and in several neurodegenerative diseases (Trojanowski et al., 1998, Cell Death Differ. 1998, 5(10), 832-837, Koo et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 1999, 96(18), 9989-9990, Hu et al., Chin. Sci. Bull. 2001 , 46, 1-3); although a clear role in the disease process remains to be defined.
- alpha-synuclein (or some of its truncated forms) readily assembles into filaments resembling those isolated from the brain of patients with Lewy Body (LB) dementia and familiar PD (Crowther et al., FEBS Lett. 1998, 436(3), 309-312).
- Alpha-synuclein and its mutated forms (A53T and A30P) have a random coil conformation and do not form significant secondary structures in aqueous solution at low concentrations; however, at higher concentrations they are prone to self-aggregate, producing amyloid fibrils (Wood et al., J. Biol. Chem. 1999, 274(28), 19509-19512).
- Parkinson’s disease is the most common neurodegenerative motor disorder.
- PD is mainly an idiopathic disease, although in at least 5% of the PD patients the pathology is linked to mutations in one or several specific genes.
- alpha-synuclein gene A30P, E46K, H50Q, G51 D, A53T
- duplications and triplications of the alpha-synuclein gene have been described in patients that developed PD, underlining the role of alpha-synuclein in PD pathogenesis (Lesage et al., Hum. Mol. Genet., 2009, 18, R48-59).
- the pathogenesis of PD remains elusive. However, growing evidence suggests a role for the pathogenic folding of the alpha-synuclein protein that leads to the formation of amyloid-like fibrils. Indeed, the hallmarks of PD are the presence of intracellular alpha-synuclein aggregate structures called Lewy Bodies and neurites mainly in the nigral neurons, as well as the death of dopaminergic neurons in the substantia nigra and elsewhere.
- Alpha-synuclein is a natively unfolded presynaptic protein that can misfold and aggregate into larger oligomeric and fibrillar forms which are linked to the pathogenesis of PD.
- Lewy Bodies are diffusely distributed throughout the cortices of the brain and in addition to Lewy bodies and neurites, more threads and dot-like structures (Lewy dots) were found to be immunopositive for alpha-synuclein phosphorylated at Ser-129 (Outeiro et al., Mol. Neurodegener. 2019, 14, 5).
- MSA multiple system atrophy
- MSA is a rare and sporadic neurodegenerative disorder that manifests with rapidly progressive autonomic and motor dysfunction, as well as variable cognitive decline. Such disorders include Shy-Drager syndrome, striatonigral degeneration and olivopontocerebellar atrophy.
- the disease can be clinically subclassified in parkinsonian (MSA-P) or cerebellar (MSA-C) variant, depending on the predominant motor phenotype (Fanciulli et al., N. Engl. J. Med. 2015; 372, 249-63).
- GCIs glial cytoplasmic inclusions
- Parkinson’s disease is largely clinical and depends on the presence of a specific set of symptoms and signs (the initial core feature being bradykinesia, rigidity, rest tremor and postural instability), the absence of atypical features, a slowly progressive course, and the response to a symptomatic drug therapy, mainly limited to a dopamine replacement therapy.
- the accurate diagnosis requires sophisticated clinical skills and is open to a degree of subjectivity and error, as several other degenerative and non-degenerative diseases can mimic PD symptoms (multiple system atrophy (MSA), progressive supranuclear palsy (PSP), Alzheimer’s disease (AD), essential tremor, dystonic tremor), (Guideline No. 113: Diagnosis and pharmacological management of Parkinson’s disease, January 2010. SIGN).
- MSA multiple system atrophy
- PSP progressive supranuclear palsy
- AD Alzheimer’s disease
- AD essential tremor
- dystonic tremor dystonic tremor
- Computed tomography CT and conventional magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) brain scans of people with Parkinson’s disease (PD) usually appear normal.
- CT computed tomography
- MRI magnetic resonance imaging
- PD Parkinson’s disease
- Examples are ioflupane ( 123 l) (trade name DaTSCAN) and iometopane (Dopascan) for SPECT or fluorodeoxyglucose ( 18 F) ( 18 F-FDG) and dihydrotetrabenazine ( 11 C) ( 11 C-DTBZ) for PET,
- a pattern of reduced dopaminergic activity in the basal ganglia can aid in diagnosing PD, particularly in the symptomatic stage (Brooks, J. Nucl. Med., 2010, 51 , 596-609; Redmond, Neuroscientist, 2002, 8, 457-88; Wood, Nat. Rev. Neurol., 2014, 10, 305).
- biomarkers that have been investigated in different body fluids (cerebrospinal fluid (CSF), plasma, saliva) include alpha-synuclein levels but also DJ-1 , Tau and Abeta, as well as neurofilaments proteins, interleukins, osteopontin and hypocrontin (Schapira Curr. Opin. Neurol. 2013; 26(4):395-400), but so far none of these biomarkers alone or in combination can be used as a determinant diagnostic test. To our knowledge, no approved alpha-synuclein diagnostic agent is currently on the market despite a crucial need for Parkinson's disease research and drug development (Eberling et al., J Parkinsons Dis. 2013; 3(4):565-7).
- alpha-synuclein deposition in the brain would be a huge achievement for alpha- synucleopathies research, including Parkinson’s disease (PD) and MSA research, diagnosis, and drug development.
- PD Parkinson’s disease
- MSA MSA research, diagnosis, and drug development.
- the accumulation of aggregated alpha-synuclein in the brain is considered a key pathological hallmark of PD and MSA and can start many years before the appearance of the symptoms. Therefore, alpha-synuclein is a priority target for drug development given not only its likely contribution to neurodegeneration but also because it can offer the possibility to treat the disease while still in the asymptomatic or prodromal stages.
- alpha-synuclein pathology could be useful as a biomarker to (i) detect the presence of the disease potentially in early stages, (ii) to evaluate disease progression and (iii) to be used as a pharmacodynamics tool for drug development.
- the development of an alpha-synuclein PET imaging agent is considered nowadays key for an accurate diagnosis of synucleinopathies as well as to support the clinical development of therapeutics targeting alpha-synuclein, starting from the optimal selection of the trial population (Eberling, Dave and Frasier, J. Parkinson's Disease, 3, 565-567 (2013)).
- alpha-synuclein imaging compounds should bind with high affinity and selectivity to their target.
- imaging compounds For imaging of alpha-synuclein aggregates associated with neurological diseases such as Parkinson's Disease or multiple system atrophy, imaging compounds need to penetrate the blood brain barrier and pass into the relevant regions of the brain.
- cell permeability is a further requirement of imaging compounds.
- a further prerequisite in order to avoid unnecessary accumulation of the compound which may result in increased risk of unwanted side-effects is a fast compound wash-out from the brain (or other targeting organ).
- WO 2011/128455 refers to specific compounds which are suitable for treating disorders associated with amyloid proteins or amyloid-like proteins.
- US 2012/0302755 relates to certain imaging agents for detecting neurological dysfunction. Further compounds for the diagnosis of neurodegenerative disorders on the olfactory epithelium are discussed in WO 2012/037928.
- WO 2010/063701 refers to a certain in vivo imaging agent for use in a method to determine the presence of, or susceptibility to, Parkinson's disease, wherein the in vivo imaging agent comprises an alpha-synuclein binder labelled with an in vivo imaging moiety, and wherein the in vivo imaging agent binds to alpha-synuclein with a binding affinity.
- US 2014/0142089 relates to a method for preventing or treating a degenerative brain disease, the method comprising administering to a subject in need thereof an effective amount of a pharmaceutical composition comprising a specific compound, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, an isomer, a solvate, a hydrate, and a combination thereof.
- WO 2009/155017 describes aryl or heteroaryl substituted azabenzoxazole derivatives, which are stated to be useful as tracers in positron emission tomography (PET) imaging to study amyloid deposits in the brain in vivo to allow diagnosis of Alzheimer's disease.
- PET positron emission tomography
- WO 2016/033445 refers to a specific compound for imaging huntingtin protein.
- WO 2017/153601 WO 2019/234243 and WO 2021/224489 refer to bicyclic compounds for imaging alpha-synuclein aggregates.
- the present invention provides compounds that can be employed in diagnosing a disease, disorder or abnormality associated with alpha-synuclein aggregates, such as Parkinson's disease or MSA, prognosing such a disease, disorder or abnormality, and monitoring the progression of such a disease, disorder or abnormality.
- the compounds should be suitable for determining a predisposition to such a disease, disorder or abnormality, monitoring the progression of the disease, disorder or abnormality, or predicting the responsiveness of a patient who is suffering from such a disease, disorder or abnormality to the treatment with a certain medicament.
- the compounds should be suitable for positron emission tomography (PET) imaging of a disease, disorder or abnormality associated with alpha-synuclein aggregates and / or detecting and optionally quantifying alpha-synuclein aggregates.
- PET positron emission tomography
- R 1 is a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, halo C1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, NR 4 R 5 , or C1-C4alkyl; or
- R 1 is halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, halo C1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, NR 4 R 5 , or C1-C4alkyl; or R 1 is -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or -C3-C6cycloalkyl, wherein the C3-C6cycloalkyl of -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or -C3-C6cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with at least one halo;
- R 2 is a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, and C1-C4alkyl; and R 4 and R 5 are independently selected from H, C1-C4alkyl and haloC1-C4alkyl.
- J is a 6-membered heteroaryl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl ;
- R 1 is a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo;
- R 1 is halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl; or
- R 1 is -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or -C3-C6cycloalkyl, wherein the C3-C6cycloalkyl of -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or -C3-C6cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with at least one halo;
- R 2 is a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, and C1-C4alkyl.
- the invention is also directed to a compound having the following subformula (la) or a detestably labelled compound, stereoisomer, racemic mixture, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein
- R 1 and R 2 are defined above, R 3 is halo, or C1-C4alkyl; and q is 0, 1 or 2.
- the present invention provides a diagnostic composition comprising a compound of formula (I), and optionally at least one pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, carrier, diluent and/or adjuvant.
- the present invention provides a compound of formula (I), or a diagnostic composition as defined herein, which can be used in the imaging of alpha-synuclein aggregates.
- the compound of formula (I), or the diagnostic composition can be for use in positron emission tomography imaging of alpha-synuclein aggregates.
- the compound of formula (I) or the diagnostic composition, as defined herein can be for use for in vitro imaging, ex vivo imaging, or in vivo imaging, preferably the use is for in vivo imaging, more preferably the use is for brain imaging.
- the compound of formula (I) or the diagnostic composition, as defined herein can be for use in diagnosis.
- the present invention refers to a method of diagnosing a disease, disorder or abnormality associated with alpha-synuclein aggregates in a subject, the method comprising the steps:
- the present invention refers to a method of positron emission tomography (PET) imaging of alpha-synuclein aggregates in a tissue of a subject, the method comprising the steps:
- the present invention is directed to a method for the detection and optionally quantification of alpha-synuclein aggregates in a tissue of a subject, the method comprising the steps: (a) Bringing a sample or a specific body part or body area suspected to contain alpha-synuclein aggregates into contact with a compound of formula (I), or a diagnostic composition which comprises a compound of formula (I), as defined herein;
- the present invention is also directed to a method of collecting data for the diagnosis of a disease, disorder or abnormality associated with alpha-synuclein aggregates wherein the method comprises the steps:
- the present invention also refers to a method of collecting data for determining a predisposition to a disease, disorder or abnormality associated with alpha-synuclein aggregates, the method comprising the steps:
- the present invention also relates to a method of collecting data for prognosing a disease, disorder or abnormality associated with alpha-synuclein aggregates, wherein the method comprises the steps: (a) Bringing a sample, a specific body part or body area suspected to contain alpha-synuclein aggregates into contact with a compound of the formula (I), or a diagnostic composition which comprises a compound of formula (I), as defined herein;
- step (e) Optionally repeating steps (a) to (c) and, if present, optional step (d) at least one time.
- the present invention is directed to a method of collecting data for monitoring the progression of a disease, disorder or abnormality associated with alpha-synuclein aggregates in a patient, the method comprising the steps:
- step (e) Optionally repeating steps (a) to (c) and, if present, optional step (d) at least one time.
- the present invention relates to a method of collecting data for predicting responsiveness of a patient suffering from a disease, disorder or abnormality associated with alpha- synuclein aggregates to a medicament, the method comprising the steps:
- the invention is further directed to a compound of formula (lll-F): or a stereoisomer, racemic mixture, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein is a 6-membered heteroaryl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl;
- R 1F is a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl, which is optionally substituted with at least one C1-C4alkoxy, NR 4 R 5 , or C1-C4alkyl, preferably wherein R 1F is a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl; or
- R 1F is C1-C4alkoxy, NR 4 R 5 , or C1-C4alkyl, preferably R 1F is C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl; or
- R 1F is -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or Cs-Cacycloalkyl
- R 2 is a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, and C1-C4alkyl ;
- R 4 and R 5 are independently selected from H, and C1-C4alkyl
- LG is a leaving group; and n is at least 1 (e.g., 1 , or 2 or 3), preferably 1.
- the invention refers to a compound of formula (lll-F) or a stereoisomer, racemic mixture, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein is a 6-membered heteroaryl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl;
- R 1F is a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl
- R 1F is C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl
- R 1F is -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or C3-C6cycloalkyl
- R 2 is a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, and C1-C4alkyl;
- LG is a leaving group; and n is at least 1 .
- the invention refers to a compound of formula (lll-F’) (lll-F’) or a stereoisomer, racemic mixture, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein
- (A) is a 6-membered heteroaryl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or CrC4alkyl;
- R 1 is a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, CrC4alkoxy, NR 4 R 5 , or C1-C4alkyl; or
- R 1 is halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, NR 4 R 5 , or C1-C4alkyl; or
- R 1 is -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or -Cg-Cgcycloalkyl, wherein the C3-C6cycloalkyl of -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or -C3-C6cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with at least one halo;
- R 4 and R 5 are independently selected from H, C1-C4alkyl and haloC1-C4alkyl
- R 2F is a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from C1-C4alkoxy, and C1-C4alkyl;
- LG is a leaving group
- a further aspect of the invention relates to a compound of formula (l-F) or a stereoisomer, racemic mixture, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein
- (A ) is a 6-membered heteroaryl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or CrC4alkyl;
- R 1F is a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl, which is optionally substituted with at least one C1-C4alkoxy, NR 4 R 5 , or C1-C4alkyl, preferably R 1F is a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl; or
- R 1F is C1-C4alkoxy, NR 4 R 5 , or C1-C4alkyl, preferably R 1F is C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl; or
- R 1F is -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or C3-C6cycloalkyl; and R 2 is a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, and C1-C4alkyl;
- R 4 and R 5 are independently selected from H, and C1-C4alkyl; and n is at least 1 (e.g., 1 , 2 or 3), preferably 1.
- the invention is direct to a compound of formula (l-F) or a stereoisomer, racemic mixture, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein
- 6 ⁇ is a 6-membered heteroaryl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl;
- R 1F is a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyi
- R 1F is C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl
- R 1F is -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or C3-C6cycloalkyl
- R 2 is a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, and C1-C4alkyl; and n is at least 1 , preferably 1.
- the invention is directed to a compound a compound of formula (l-F’): or a stereoisomer, racemic mixture, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein
- ⁇ -2 is a 6-membered heteroaryl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl;
- R 1 is a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyi which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, NR 4 R 5 , or C1-C4alkyl; or
- R 1 is halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, NR 4 R 5 , or C1-C4alkyl; or
- R 1 is -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or -C3-C6cycloalkyl, wherein the C3-C6cycloalkyl of -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or -C3-C6cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with at least one halo;
- R 4 and R 5 are independently selected from H, C1-C4alkyl and haloC1-C4alkyl; and R 2F is a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from C1-C4alkoxy, and C1-C4alkyl.
- the invention is further directed to a compound of formula (lll-H) or a stereoisomer, racemic mixture, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein
- (A) is a 6-membered heteroaryl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl;
- R 1 is a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, NR 4 R 5 , or C1-C4alkyl, preferably R 1 is a 4- to 6- membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo; or
- R 1 is halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, NR 4 R 5 , or C1-C4alkyl, preferably halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C-i-C 4 alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl; or
- R 1 is -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or -C3-C6cycloalkyl, wherein the C3-C6cycloalkyl of -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or -C3-C6cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with at least one halo;
- R 2 is a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, and C1-C4alkyl;
- R 4 and R 5 are independently selected from H, CrC 4 alkyl and haloC1-C4alkyl;
- X is bromo, chloro or iodo; m is 0, 1 , 2 or 3; p is 0, 1 , 2 or 3; and with the proviso that the compound of formula (lll-H) comprises at least one X.
- a compound of formula (lll-H) is defined or a stereoisomer, racemic mixture, pharmaceuticaliy acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein is a 6-membered heteroaryl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl;
- R 1 is a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo;
- R 1 is halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloCi ⁇ alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl; or
- R 1 is -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or -C3-C6cycloalkyl, wherein the C3-C6cycloalkyl of -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or
- -C3-C6cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with at least one halo
- R2 is a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, and C1-C4alkyl;
- X is bromo, chloro or iodo; m is 0, 1 , 2 or 3; p is 0, 1 , 2 or 3; and with the proviso that the compound of formula (II l-H) comprises at least one X.
- the invention is further directed to a compound of formula (l-H) or a stereoisomer, racemic mixture, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, is a 6-membered heteroaryl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl;
- R 1 is a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, NR 4 R 5 , or C1-C4alkyl, preferably R 1 is a 4- to 6- membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo; or
- R 1 is halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, NR 4 R 5 , or C1-C4alkyl, preferably halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl; or
- R 1 is -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or -C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, wherein the C3-C6cycloalkyl of -NH-C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl or -C3-C6cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with at least one halo;
- R 2 is a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, and C1-C4alkyl;
- R 4 and R 5 are independently selected from H, C1-C4alkyl and haloC1-C4alkyl; Y is D, CDs, T or CT 3 ; m is 0, 1 , 2 or 3; p is 0, 1 , 2 or 3; with the proviso that the compound of formula (l-H) comprises at least one D, CD 3 , T or CT 3 , wherein D is 2 H (deuterium) and T is 3 H (Tritium). In one embodiment, the compound of formula (l-H) comprises at least one T or CT 3 . In one embodiment, the compound of formula (l-H) comprises at least one D or CD 3 .
- the invention relates to a compound of formula (l-H) or a stereoisomer, racemic mixture, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof,
- CA is a 6-membered heteroaryl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloCrC4alkyl, haloC 1 -C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl;
- R 1 is a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo;
- R 1 is halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl; or
- R 1 is -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or -C 3 -Cecycloalkyl, wherein the C3-C6cycloalkyl of -NH-C 3 -Cecycloalkyl or -C3-C6cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with at least one halo;
- R 2 is a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, and C1-C4alkyl;
- Y is D, CD 3 , T or CT 3 ; m is 0, 1 , 2 or 3; p is 0, 1 , 2 or 3; with the proviso that the compound of formula (l-H) comprises at least one D, CD 3 , T or CT 3 , wherein D is Deuterium and T is 3 H (Tritium).
- the invention is further directed to a method of preparing a compound of formula (l-F) by reacting a compound of formula (lll-F) with a 18 F-fluorinating agent (e.g., K 18 F, Rb 18 F, Cs 18 F, Na 18 F, tetra(Ci-6alkyl)ammonium salt of 18 F, Kryptofix[222] 18 F, tetrabutylammonium [ 18 F]fluoride or any other suitable agents), so that the Leaving Group (LG) is replaced by 18 F.
- a 18 F-fluorinating agent e.g., K 18 F, Rb 18 F, Cs 18 F, Na 18 F, tetra(Ci-6alkyl)ammonium salt of 18 F, Kryptofix[222] 18 F, tetrabutylammonium [ 18 F]fluoride or any other suitable agents
- the invention is further directed to a method of preparing a compound of formula (l-H) by reacting the compound of formula (lll-H) with a 3 H radiolabelling agent (e.g., tritium gas or any other suitable agents), so that X is replaced by T or CT3.
- a 3 H radiolabelling agent e.g., tritium gas or any other suitable agents
- the invention is further directed to a method of preparing a compound of formula (l-H) by reacting the compound of formula (lll-H) with a 2 H radiolabelling agent comprising D, (e.g., D2O, D4-methanol or any other suitable agents) preferably in the presence of a catalyst like Pd/C, so that X is replaced by D or CD3 (D is deuterium).
- a 2 H radiolabelling agent comprising D, (e.g., D2O, D4-methanol or any other suitable agents) preferably in the presence of a catalyst like Pd/C, so that X is replaced by D or CD3 (D is deuterium).
- the invention is further directed to the use of the compound of formula (I) as an in vitro analytical reference or an in vitro screening tool.
- the invention is further directed to a test kit for detection and/or diagnosis of a disease, disorder or abnormality associated with alpha-synuclein aggregates, wherein the test kit comprises at least one compound of formula (I) as defined herein, preferably at least one detectably labelled compound, more preferably at least one compound of formula (l-F) or (l-H).
- the test kit comprises at least one compound of formula (I) as defined herein, preferably at least one detectably labelled compound, more preferably at least one compound of formula (l-F) or (l-H).
- the invention is further directed to a kit for preparing a radiopharmaceutical preparation, wherein the kit comprises a sealed vial containing at least one compound of formula (lll-F) or (lll-H).
- C1-C4alkyl refers to a saturated straight or branched hydrocarbon chain consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen atoms, containing no unsaturation, having from one to four carbon atoms, and which is attached to the rest of the molecule by a single bond.
- suitable alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, 1 -methylethyl, n-butyl, t-butyl and isobutyl.
- C1-C4alkoxy refers to a radical of the formula -ORa where Ra is a C1-C4alkyl radical as generally defined above. Examples of C1-C4alkoxy include, but are not limited to, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, and isobutoxy.
- halogenC1-C4alkyl or "haloC1-C4alkyl” refer to a C1-C4alkyl radical as defined above, substituted with one or more (e.g., 1 , 2 or 3, preferably 1 or 2, more preferably 1) halo radicals as defined below.
- haloC1-C4alkyl include, but are not limited to, trifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, fluoromethyl, trichloromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 1 ,3-dibromopropan-2-yl, 3-bromo-2- fluoropropyl and 1 ,4,4-trifluorobutan-2-yl.
- halogenC1-C4alkoxy refers to a C1-C4alkoxy radical as defined above, substituted with one or more (e.g., 1 , 2 or 3, preferably 1 or 2, more preferably 1 ) halo radicals as defined below.
- haloC1-C4alkoxy include, but are not limited to, trifluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy, fluoromethoxy, 2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy, 3,3,3-trifluoropropoxy, 4,4,4-trifluorobutoxy, 2,2-difluorobutoxy, and 4-bromobutoxy.
- heterocyclyl refers to a stable 4- to 6-membered non-aromatic monocyclic ring radical which comprises 1 or 2 heteroatoms which are, e.g., selected from N, O or S.
- the heterocyclyl group can be unsaturated or saturated.
- the heterocyclyl radical may be bonded via a carbon atom or a heteroatom.
- Examples include, but are not limited to, azetidinyl, oxetanyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolidyl, tetrahydrofuryl, tetrahydrothienyl, piperidyl, piperazinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, or morpholinyl, preferably azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, or piperidyl, more preferably pyrrolidinyl.
- heteroaryl refers to a 5- or 6-membered aromatic monocyclic ring, which comprises 1 , 2, or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S.
- the heteroaryl radical may be bonded via a carbon atom or heteroatom selected from N, O and S.
- heteroaryl include, but are not limited to, thiopyranyl, dioxanyl, pyranyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidyl, isothiazolyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl or pyridyl, with pyridyl, isothiazolyl, pyrazolyl, and thiazolyl being preferred.
- Hal or “halogen” or “Halo” refers to F, Cl, Br, and I. With respect to diagnostic and pharmaceutical applications, F (e.g., 19 F and 18 F) is particularly preferred.
- LG leaving group
- LG is any leaving group and means an atom or group of atoms that can be replaced by another atom or group of atoms. Examples are given e.g. in Synthesis (1982), p. 85-125, table 2, Carey and Sundberg, Organische Synthese, (1995), page 279- 281 , table 5.8; or Netscher, Recent Res. Dev. Org. Chem., 2003, 7, 71-83, schemes 1 , 2, 10 and 15 and others).
- the "leaving group” is selected from halogen, C1-C4 alkylsulfonate and C6-C10arylsulfonate, wherein the Ce-Cwarylsulfonate can be optionally substituted with -CH3 or -NO2.
- the term “compound of the invention” refers to a compound of formula (I), or of subformulae thereof (e.g. (la), (l-F), (l-H*), (l-H)), or a detectably labelled compound, stereoisomer (including diastereomeric mixtures and individual diastereomer, enantiomeric mixture and single enantiomer, mixture of conformers and single conformer), racemic mixture, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof. It is understood that every reference to a compound of formula (I) also covers the subformulae thereof (e.g. (la), (l-F), (l-H*), (l-H)).
- the compounds of the formulae (II l-F) and (I I l-H) will be referred to as the precursors of the compounds of the present invention.
- Compounds of the present invention and their precursors having one or more optically active carbons can exist as racemates and racemic mixtures, stereoisomers (including diastereomeric mixtures and individual diastereomers, enantiomeric mixtures and single enantiomers, mixtures of conformers and single conformers), tautomers, atropoisomers, and rotamers. All isomeric forms are included in the present invention.
- “Pharmaceutically acceptable salts” are defined as derivatives of the disclosed compounds wherein the parent compound is modified by making acid or base salts thereof.
- Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, but are not limited to, mineral or organic acid salts of basic residues such as amines; alkali or organic salts of acidic residues such as carboxylic acids; and the like.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable salts include the conventional non-toxic salts or the quaternary ammonium salts of the parent compound formed, for example, from non-toxic inorganic or organic acids.
- such conventional non-toxic salts include those derived from inorganic acids such as, but not limited to, hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulfuric, sulfamic, phosphoric, nitric and the like; and the salts prepared from organic acids such as, but not limited to, acetic, propionic, succinic, glycolic, stearic, lactic, malic, tartaric, citric, ascorbic, pamoic, maleic, hydroxymaleic, phenylacetic, glutamic, benzoic, salicylic, sulfanilic, 2-acetoxybenzoic, fumaric, toluenesulfonic, methanesulfonic, ethane disulfonic, oxalic, isethionic, and the like.
- inorganic acids such as, but not limited to, hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulfuric, sulfamic, phosphoric, nitric and the like
- organic acids such as, but not limited to
- the pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of the present invention and their precursors can be synthesized from the parent compound which contains a basic or acidic moiety by conventional chemical methods.
- such salts can be prepared by reacting the free acid or base forms of these compounds with a stoichiometric amount of the appropriate base or acid in water or in an organic solvent, or in a mixture of the two.
- Organic solvents include, but are not limited to, nonaqueous media like ethers, ethyl acetate, ethanol, isopropanol, or acetonitrile. Lists of suitable salts can be found in Remington’s Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18 th ed., Mack Publishing Company, Easton, PA, 1990, p. 1445, the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference.
- “Pharmaceutically acceptable” is defined as those compounds, materials, compositions, and/or dosage forms which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of human beings and animals without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
- Solvates can be formed from the compound of the present invention and any suitable pharmaceutically acceptable solvent.
- suitable pharmaceutically acceptable solvent examples include C1-4 alcohols (such as methanol or ethanol).
- the patients or subjects in the present invention are typically animals, particularly mammals, more particularly humans.
- Alpha-synuclein aggregates are multimeric beta-sheet rich assemblies of alpha-synuclein monomers that can form either soluble oligomers or soluble/insoluble protofibrils or mature fibrils which coalesce into intracellular deposits detected as a range of Lewy pathologies in Parkinson’s disease and other synucleinopathies.
- Alpha-synuclein aggregates that are composing Lewy pathologies can be detected as having the following morphologies: Lewy bodies, Lewy neurites, premature Lewy bodies or pale bodies, perikaryal deposits with diffuse, granular, punctate or pleomorphic patterns.
- alpha-synuclein aggregates are the major component of intracellular fibrillary inclusions detected in oligodendrocytes (also referred to as glial cytoplasmic inclusions) and in neuronal somata, axons and nuclei (referred to as neuronal cytoplasmic inclusions) that are the histological hallmarks of multiple system atrophy.
- Alpha-synuclein aggregates in Lewy pathologies often display substantial increase in post-translational modifications such as phosphorylation, ubiquitination, nitration, and truncation.
- Lewy bodies are abnormal aggregates of protein that develop inside nerve cells in Parkinson’s disease (PD), Lewy body dementia and other synucleinopathies. Lewy bodies appear as spherical masses that displace other cell components. Morphologically, Lewy bodies can be classified as being brainstem or cortical type. Classic brainstem Lewy bodies are eosinophilic cytoplasmic inclusions consisting of a dense core surrounded by a halo of 5-10-nm-wide radiating fibrils, the primary structural component of which is alpha-synuclein; cortical Lewy bodies differ by lacking a halo. The presence of Lewy bodies is a hallmark of Parkinson’s disease.
- Lewy neurites are abnormal neuronal processes in diseased neurons, containing granular material, abnormal alpha-synuclein (a-syn) filaments similar to those found in Lewy bodies, dot-like, varicose structures and axonal spheroids. Like Lewy bodies, Lewy neurites are a feature of a- synucleinopathies such as dementia with Lewy bodies and Parkinson's disease.
- Glial cytoplasmic inclusions are argyrophilic cytoplasmic aggregates in oligodentroglial cells composed of filamentous alpha-synuclein. Morphologically appear as triangles, half-moon or sickle shapes.
- inclusions composed of alpha-synuclein filaments are detected in neurons in the cytoplasm or beneath the nuclear membrane termed neuronal cytoplasmic inclusions and neuronal nuclear inclusions respectively.
- GCIs are recognized as the defining morphological feature of MSA; their widespread distribution is a criterion for the definite post-mortem neuropathological diagnosis of MSA.
- the compounds of formula (I) can bind to alpha-synuclein aggregates.
- the type of bonding with the compounds of formula (I) has not been elucidated and any type of bonding is covered by the present invention.
- the wording "compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates" and the like are used interchangeably herein and are not considered to be limited to any specific type of bonding.
- the present invention relates to a compound of formula (I): or a detectably labelled compound, stereoisomer, racemic mixture, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein is a 6-membered heteroaryl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC 1 -C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl, if substituted, ⁇ - ⁇ is substituted with 1 , 2 or 3, preferably 1 or 2, more preferably with 1 halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl;
- R 1 is a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloCr C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, NR 4 R 5 , or C1-C4alkyl, preferably R 1 is a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo; or
- R 1 is halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, NR 4 R 5 , or C1-C4alkyl, preferably R 1 is halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl; or
- R 1 is -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or -C3-C6cycloalkyl, wherein the C3-C6cycloalkyl of -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or -C3-C6cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with at least one halo;
- R 2 is a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, and C1-C4alkyl; and R 4 and R 5 are independently selected from H, CrC4alkyl and haloC1-C4alkyl. Throughout the present application, R 4 and R 5 are independently selected from H, C1-C4alkyl and haloC1-C4alkyl, preferably at least one of R 4 and R 5 is not H.
- the optional substituent of is preferably halo or C1-C4alkyl.
- R 1 is pyridyl which can be substituted at any available position by R 1 , more preferably R 1 -V> is being as defined above.
- R 1 is a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, NR 4 R 5 , or C1-C4alkyl (e.g., 1 to 3, preferably 1 or 2, more preferably 1 ).
- R 1 is a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo (e.g., 1 to 3, preferably 1 or 2, more preferably 1 ).
- R 1 is a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl which is substituted with at least one halo.
- the heterocyclyl is substituted with at least one halo, more preferably with one or two halo, even more preferably with one halo.
- R 1 is a 4- to 6- membered heterocyclyl which is unsubstituted.
- R 1 is a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl selected from the following: wherein R 1a is F or H, preferably F. In another preferred embodiment R 1a is H.
- R 1 is a 4- or 5-membered heterocyclyl selected from the following: wherein R 1a is F or H, preferably F. In another preferred embodiment R 1a is H.
- R 1 is a 5-membered heterocyclyl which is:
- R 1 is a 5-membered heterocyclyl which is: o .
- R 1 is halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, NR 4 R 5 , or C1-C4alkyl. In an embodiment R 1 is halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl.
- R 1 is NR 4 R 5 , preferably wherein R 4 and R 5 are independently selected from H, C1-C4alkyl and haloC1-C4alkyl.
- R 1 is -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or -C3-C6cycloalkyl, wherein the C3-C6cycloalkyl of -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or -C3-C6cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with at least one halo.
- F is preferably 19 F or 18 F.
- R 2 is a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, and C1-C4alkyl, preferably haloC1-C4alkyl, or C1-C4alkyl.
- R 2 is a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl selected from the following: wherein
- R 2a is independently selected from haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, and C1-C4alkyl;
- R 2b is selected from H, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, and C1-C4alkyl; and s is 0, 1 or 2 (preferably 0 or 1 , more preferably 0). In another preferred embodiment s is 1 .
- R 2 is a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl selected from the following: wherein
- R 2b is selected from haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, alkoxy, H or C1-C4alkyl, preferably H, haloC1-C4alkyl (preferably wherein halo is F) or C1-C4alkyl, preferably H or C1-C4alkyl.
- the invention provides a compound having the formula (la): or a detectably labelled compound, stereoisomer, racemic mixture, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein R 1 and R 2 are as defined above, and R 3 is halo, or C1-C4alkyl; and q is 0, 1 or 2.
- the present invention provides a compound of formula (I), wherein the compound is selected from
- the present invention provides a compound of formula (I), wherein the compound is selected from
- the present invention provides a compound of formula (I) which is a detectably labelled compound.
- the detectable label can be a radioisotope.
- the compound of formula (I) comprises at least one radioisotope.
- the detectable label is a radioisotope selected from 18 F, 2 H and 3 H. Most preferably, the radioisotope is selected from 18 F and 3 H.
- the present invention provides a compound of formula (I) wherein R 1 is
- the present invention provides a compound of formula (I) wherein R 1 is -O-CH 2 -CH 2 - 18 F.
- the present invention provides a compound of formula (I) wherein R z is , wherein R 2b is -CH 2 -CH 2 - 18 F or -CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 - 18 F.
- the present invention provides a compound of formula (I) wherein R 2 is
- the present invention provides a compound of formula (I), wherein the compound is a detectably labelled compound of formula (l-F): or a stereoisomer, racemic mixture, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein is a 6-membered heteroaryl; which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl;
- R 1F is a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl, which is optionally substituted with at least one C1-C4alkoxy, NR 4 R 5 , or C1-C4alkyl, preferably a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl; or
- R 1F is C1-C4alkoxy, NR 4 R 5 , or C1-C4alkyl, preferably C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl; or
- R 1F is -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or -C3-C6cycloalkyl
- R2 is a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, and C1-C4alkyl;
- R 4 and R 5 are independently selected from H, and C1-C4alkyl; and n is at least 1 (e.g., 1, 2 or 3), preferably 1.
- R 1F is -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl, C3-C6cycloalkyl, C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl or heterocyclyl.
- -R 1F -( 18 F) n is selected from the following: More preferably, -R 1F -( 18 F) n is selected from the following:
- -R 1F -( 18 F) n is:
- the present invention provides a compound of formula (I), wherein the compound is a detectably labelled compound of formula (l-F’): or a stereoisomer, racemic mixture, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein is a 6-membered heteroaryl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl;
- R 1 is a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloCr
- R 1 is halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, NR 4 R 5 , or C1-C4alkyl; or
- R 1 is -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or -C3-C6cycloalkyl, wherein the C3-C6cycloalkyl of -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or -C3-C6cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with at least one halo;
- R 4 and R 5 are independently selected from H, C1-C4alkyl and haloC1-C4alkyl
- R 2F is a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from C1-C4alkoxy.
- -R 2F -( 18 F) n is selected from the following
- the detectably labelled compound of formula (l-F) or (l-F’) comprises at least one 18 F.
- the detectably labelled compound of formula (l-F) or (l-F’) comprises one 18 F.
- the present invention provides a compound of formula (I), wherein the compound is a detectably labelled compound of formula (l-H*) or a stereoisomer, racemic mixture, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof,
- haloC1-C4alkyl is optionally substituted with at least one halo; haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or (XUalkyl;
- R 1 is a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, NR 4 R 5 , or C1-C4alkyl, preferably a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo; or
- R 1 is halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, NR 4 R 5 , or CrC4alkyl, preferably halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl; or
- R 1 is -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or -C3-C6cycloalkyl, wherein the C3-C6cycloalkyl of -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or -C3-C6cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with at least one halo;
- R 2 is a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, and C1-C4alkyl; and R 4 and R 5 are independently selected from H, C1-C4alkyl and haloC1-C4alkyl; with the proviso that the compound of formula (l-H*) comprises at least one 2 H (deuterium “D”) or 3 H (Tritium “T”), preferably 1 , 2, or 3 D or T, even more preferably 2 or 3 D or T.
- 2 H deuterium “D”
- Tritium “T” Tritium “T”
- the compound of formula (l-H*) comprises at least one 3 H (Tritium “T”), preferably 1 , 2, or 3 T, even more preferably 2 or 3 T.
- the 3 H can be present as T or as -CT3.
- the 2 H can be present as D or as -CD3.
- the compound is a detectably labelled compound of formula (l-H) or a stereoisomer, racemic mixture, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, is a 6-membered heteroaryl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloCrC 4 alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl;
- R 1 is a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, CrC 4 alkoxy, NR 4 R 5 , or C1-C4alkyl, preferably a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo; or
- R 1 is halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, NR 4 R 5 , or CrC 4 alkyl, preferably halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl; or
- R 1 is -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or -C3-C6cycloalkyl, wherein the C3-C6cycloalkyl of -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or -C3-C6cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with at least one halo;
- R 2 is a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, and CrC 4 alkyl;
- R 4 and R 5 are independently selected from H, C1-C4alkyl and haloC1-C4alkyl;
- Y is D, CD 3 , T or CT 3 ; m is 0, 1 , 2 or 3; p is 0, 1 , 2 or 3; with the proviso that the compound of formula (l-H) comprises at least one D, CD 3 , T or CT 3 , wherein D is 2 H (Deuterium) and T is 3 H (Tritium).
- the compound of formula (l-H) comprises at least one D or CD 3 .
- the compound of formula (l-H) comprises at least one T or CT 3 .
- deuterium or tritium can present at any available position at which a hydrogen is present.
- deuterium or tritium can be present either directly bound to the 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl (such as in the form of D or T) or can be present in the haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, and C1-C4alkyl (such as in the form of CD 3 or CT 3 ).
- deuterium or tritium can be, e.g., directly bound to the 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl.
- R 2 is a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, and C1-C4alkyl, and p is 1 , 2 or 3, preferably 1.
- R 2 is a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl selected from the following: wherein
- R 2a is independently selected from T, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, and C1-C4alkyl;
- R 2b is selected from H, T, haloC1-C4alkyl and C1-C4alkyl, wherein haloC1-C4alkyl and C1-C4alkyl optionally comprise one or more T (preferably R 2b is selected from T or CT3); and s is 0, 1 or 2 (preferably 0 or 1 , more preferably 0).
- R 2a is -T, -OCH3, -CH 3 or -H; and R 2b is selected from -H, -T or -CT3.
- R 2 is a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl selected from the following: wherein
- R 2b is selected from T, H or C1-C4alkyl (e.g., CT3), preferably T, H or C1-C4alkyl (e.g., CT 3 ).
- the detectably labelled compound of formula (l-H*) or (l-H) comprises one, two or three T.
- the detectably labelled compound of formula (l-H*) or (l-H) comprises one T.
- the detectably labelled compound of formula (l-H*) or (l-H) comprises two T.
- the detectably labelled compound of formula (l-H*) or (l-H) comprises three T such as -CT3.
- R 2 is a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl selected from the following: wherein
- R 2a is independently selected from D, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, CrC4alkoxy, and C1-C4alkyl;
- R 2b is selected from H, D, haloC1-C4alkyl and C1-C4alkyl, wherein haloC1-C4alkyl and C1-C4alkyl optionally comprise one or more D (preferably R 2b is selected from D or CD3); and s is 0, 1 or 2 (preferably 0).
- R 2a is -D, -OCH3, -CHsor -H; and R 2b is selected from -H, -D or -CD3.
- R 2 is a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl selected from the following: wherein
- R 2b is selected from D, H or C1-C4alkyl (e.g., CD3).
- the detectably labelled compound of formula (l-H*) or (l-H) comprises one, two or three D.
- the detectably labelled compound of formula (l-H*) or (l-H) comprises one D.
- the detectably labelled compound of formula (l-H*) or (l-H) comprises two D.
- the detectably labelled compound of formula (l-H*) or (l-H) comprises three D such as -CD3.
- the invention provides a detectably labelled compound of formula (l-H*) or (l-H) wherein 3 H Tritium (“T”) can be replaced by 2 H Deuterium (“D”).
- the deuterated compound can be prepared by reacting a compound of formula (lll-H) with a 2 H radiolabelling agent.
- the compounds of the present invention and their precursors can be detectably labelled.
- the type of the label is not specifically limited and will depend on the detection method chosen. Examples of possible labels include isotopes such as radionuclides, positron emitters, and gamma emitters, preferably the detectable label is a radioisotope.
- the radioisotope, positron emitter, or gamma emitter is to be present in an amount which is not identical to the natural amount of the respective radioisotope, positron emitter, or gamma emitter.
- the employed amount should allow detection thereof by the chosen detection method.
- suitable isotopes such as radionuclides, positron emitters and gamma emitters include 2 H, 3 H, 11 C, 13 N, 15 O, and 18 F, preferably 2 H, 3 H and 18 F.
- 18 F-labelled compounds are particularly suitable for imaging applications such as PET.
- the corresponding compounds which include fluorine having a natural 19 F isotope are also of particular interest as they can be used as analytical standards and references during manufacturing, quality control, release, and clinical use of their 18 F-analogs.
- substitution with isotopes such as deuterium, i.e. 2 H or D may afford certain diagnostic and therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability by reducing for example defluorination, increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements, while keeping or improving the original compound efficacy.
- Isotopic variations of the compounds of the invention and their precursors can generally be prepared by conventional procedures such as by the illustrative methods or by the preparations described in the Examples and Preparative Examples hereafter using appropriate isotopic variations of suitable reagents, which are commercially available or prepared by known synthetic techniques.
- Radionuclides, positron emitters and gamma emitters can be included into the compounds of the present invention and their precursors by methods which are usual in the field of organic synthesis. Typically, they will be introduced by using a correspondingly labelled starting material when the desired compound of the present invention and its precursor is prepared. Illustrative methods of introducing detectable labels are described, for instance, in US 2012/0302755.
- the position at which the detectable label is to be attached to the compounds of the present invention and their precursors is not particularly limited.
- the radionuclides, positron emitters and gamma emitters can be attached at any position where the corresponding non-emitting atom can also be attached.
- 18 F can be attached at any position which is suitable for attaching F.
- R 1 is substituted with 18 F.
- 3 H can be attached at any available position at which H is present. If 2 H is employed as a detectable label it can be attached at any available position at which H is present.
- the present invention relates further to a compound of formula (lll-F) that is a precursor of the compound of formula (l-F) (lll-F) or a stereoisomer, racemic mixture, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein fA') is a 6-membered heteroaryl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl;
- R 1F is a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl, which is optionally substituted with at least one C1-C4alkoxy, NR 4 R 5 , or C1-C4alkyl, preferably R 1F is a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl; or
- R 1F is C1-C4alkoxy, NR 4 R 5 , or C1-C4alkyl, preferably R 1F is C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl; or
- R 1F is -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or C3-C 6 cycloalkyl
- R 2 is a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, and C1-C4alkyl;
- R 4 and R 5 are independently selected from H, and C1-C4alkyl
- LG is a leaving group; and n is at least 1 (e.g., 1, 2 or 3; preferably 1 ).
- (LG) n -R 1F is selected from the following: wherein x is at least 1 (e.g., 1 to 3), preferably 1 or 2, even more preferably 2.
- (LG) n -R 1F is selected from the following: wherein x is 1 or 2, more preferably 2.
- (LG) n -R 1F is :
- the present invention relates further to a compound of formula (lll-F') that is a precursor of the compound of formula ( l-F’):
- R 1 is a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, NR 4 R 5 , or C1-C4alkyl; or
- R 1 is halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, NR 4 R 5 , or CrC4alkyl; or
- R 1 is -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or -C3-C6cycloalkyl, wherein the C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl of -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or -C3-C6cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with at least one halo;
- R 4 and R 5 are independently selected from H, C1-C4alkyl and haloC1-C4alkyl ;
- R 2F is a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from C1-C4alkoxy, and C1-C4alkyl;
- LG is a leaving group
- -R 2F -( LG ) is selected from the following: wherein R 2b is -CH 2 -CH 2 -LG or -CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -LG; or
- the Leaving Group (LG) in (lll-F) or (lll-F’) is halogen, C1-C4 alkylsulfonate, C1-C4alkyl ammonium, or Ce-Cwarylsulfonate, wherein the Ce-C-ioarylsulfonate can be optionally substituted with -CH3 or -NO 2 . More preferably, the Leaving Group (LG) is bromo, chloro, iodo, C6-C4alkylsulfonate, or Ce-Cwarylsulfonate, wherein the Ce-Cwarylsulfonate can be optionally substituted with -CH3 or -NO2.
- the Leaving Group (LG) is mesylate, tosylate or nosylate. Even more preferably, the Leaving Group (LG) is mesylate, or nosylate. More preferably the Leaving Group (LG) is mesylate.
- the present invention relates to a compound of formula (lll-H), a precursor of the compound of formula (l-H): or a stereoisomer, racemic mixture, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein
- ( A ) is a 6-membered heteroaryl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl;
- R 1 is a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl which is' optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, NR 4 R 5 , or C1-C4alkyl, preferably optionally substituted with at least one halo; or
- R 1 is halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, NR 4 R 5 , or CrC4alkyl, preferably halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl; or
- R 1 is -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or -C3-C6cycloalkyl, wherein the C3-C6cycloalkyl of -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or -C3-C6cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with at least one halo;
- R 2 is a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, and C1-C4alkyl; and
- R 4 and R 5 are independently selected from H, C1-C4alkyl and haloC1-C4alkyl; m is 0, 1 , 2 or 3; p is 0, 1 , 2 or 3; and
- X is bromo, chloro or iodo; with the proviso that the compound of formula (lll-H) comprises at least one X (e.g., 1 , 2 or 3 X, preferably 1 or 2 X).
- halo is preferably F, 18 F or 19 F.
- X is attached to the 6-membered heteroaryl of and or the 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl of R 2 . If halo is present as a substituent of and X is present, the X can be present in addition of halo.
- R 2 is selected from the following: wherein
- R 2a is independently selected from X, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, and C1-C4alkyl; wherein haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkyl, or C1-C4alkoxy are optionally substituted with one or more X; s is 0, 1 or 2 (preferably 0 or 1 ); and
- R 2b is selected from H, X, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, and C1-C4alkyl.
- R 2 is selected from the following: wherein
- R 2a is X
- R 2b is selected from H, X, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, and C1-C4alkyl, preferably H, X, haloC1-C4alkyl, and C1-C4alkyl, more preferably X.
- R 2b is selected from haloC1-C4alkyl, and haloC1-C4alkoxy; s is 0, 1 or 2 (preferably 0); and wherein C1-C4alkyl is optionally substituted by one or more X.
- the detectably labelled compound of formula (lll-H) comprises one, two or three X.
- the detectably labelled compound of formula (lll-H) comprises one or two X.
- the detectably labelled compound of formula (lll-H) comprises two X, X is selected from bromo, chloro and iodo. In a preferred embodiment X is bromine.
- the present invention relates further to a method for preparing a compound of formula (I), or of subformulae thereof (e.g. (I-F), (l-F’), (l-H*), (l-H)), and in particular a compound of formula (lll-F), (lll-F’), or (lll-H).
- the present invention relates to a method for preparing a compound of formula (l-F) by reacting a compound of formula (lll-F) with a 18 F-fluorinating agent, so that LG is replaced by 18 F .
- a compound of formula (lll-F) with a 18 F-fluorinating agent, so that LG is replaced by 18 F .
- R 1F , R 2 , n, and LG are as defined herein above.
- the present invention relates to a method for preparing a compound of formula (l-F’) by reacting a compound of formula (lll-F’) with a 18 F-fluorinating agent, so that LG is replaced by 18 F.
- a compound of formula (lll-F’) with a 18 F-fluorinating agent, so that LG is replaced by 18 F.
- R 1 , R 2F and LG are as defined herein above.
- Suitable solvents for the 18 F-fluorination comprise DMF, DMSO, acetonitrile, DMA, or mixtures thereof, preferably acetonitrile or DMSO.
- Suitable agents for the 18 F-fluorination are selected from K 18 F, Rb 18 F, Cs 18 F, Na 18 F, tetra(Ci-6alkyl)ammonium salt of 18 F, Kryptofix[222] 18 F and tetrabutylammonium [ 18 F]fluoride.
- the present invention relates to a method of preparing a compound of formula (l-H) by reacting a compound of formula (lll-H) with a 3 H radiolabelling agent. wherein R 1 , R 2 , X, Y, m, and p are as defined herein above.
- the present invention relates to a method of preparing a compound of formula (l-H*), by reacting a compound of formula (lll-H*) with a 3 H or D radiolabelling agent.
- a compound of formula (lll-H*) with a 3 H or D radiolabelling agent.
- R 1 , R 2 , X, m, and p are as defined herein above and wherein Y is D, CDs, T or CT3.
- the 3 H radiolabelling agent can be tritium gas.
- the method can be conducted in the presence of a catalyst such as palladium on carbon (Pd/C), a solvent such as dimethylformamide (DMF) and a base such as N,N-diisopropylethylamine (DIEA).
- a catalyst such as palladium on carbon (Pd/C)
- a solvent such as dimethylformamide (DMF)
- DIEA N,N-diisopropylethylamine
- the compound of formula (lll-H*) can be reacted with a 2 H radiolabelling agent comprising D (e.g., D2O, D4-methanol or any other suitable agents), preferably in the presence of a catalyst like Pd/C, so that X is replaced by D (D is deuterium, 2 H).
- a 2 H radiolabelling agent comprising D (e.g., D2O, D4-methanol or any other suitable agents), preferably in the presence of a catalyst like Pd/C, so that X is replaced by D (D is deuterium, 2 H).
- the present invention relates to a method for preparing a compound of formula (l-H*) by radiolabelling a compound of formula (lll-H*) (reacting the compound of formula (lll-H*)) with a 3 H radiolabelling agent like CT3 radiolabelling agent, wherein T is 3 H, so that X is replaced by CT3.
- the CT3 radiolabelling agent can be ICT3 (derivative of iodomethane with 3 H).
- the method can be conducted in the presence of a solvent such as dimethylformamide (DMF) and a base such as caesium carbonate or sodium hydride. Kits
- the precursor compounds of the present invention can also be employed in kits for the preparation of radiopharmaceutical preparations. Due to the radioactive decay, the radiopharmaceuticals are usually prepared immediately before use.
- the kit typically comprises a precursor of the compound of the present invention, and an agent which reacts with the precursor to introduce a radioactive label into the compound of the present invention.
- the precursor of the compound of the present invention can, for example, be a compound having the formula (lll-F), (lll-H*) or (lll-H).
- the agent can be an agent which introduces a radioactive label such as 18 F, 3 H, or D.
- the kit of parts is a test kit for the detection and/or diagnosis of a disease, disorder or abnormality associated with alpha-synuclein aggregates, wherein the test kit comprises at least one precursor of the compound of the present invention (e.g. a compound having the formula (lll-F), (lll-H*) or (lll-H)).
- the test kit comprises at least one precursor of the compound of the present invention (e.g. a compound having the formula (lll-F), (lll-H*) or (lll-H)).
- the kit of parts is a kit for preparing a radiopharmaceutical preparation, wherein the kit comprises a sealed vial containing at least one precursor of the compound of the present invention (e.g. a compound having the formula (lll-F), (lll-H*) or (lll-H)).
- a sealed vial containing at least one precursor of the compound of the present invention (e.g. a compound having the formula (lll-F), (lll-H*) or (lll-H)).
- the kit is for use in the imaging of alpha-synuclein aggregates, wherein the imaging is preferably conducted by positron emission tomography, or is for use for in vitro imaging, ex vivo imaging, or in vivo imaging, preferably the use is for in vivo imaging. More preferably, the use is for brain imaging.
- the compounds of the present invention are particularly suitable for imaging of alpha-synuclein aggregates including. With respect to alpha-synuclein protein, the compounds are particularly suitable for binding to various types of alpha-synuclein aggregates including, but not limited to, Lewy bodies and/or Lewy neurites.
- the imaging can be conducted in mammals, preferably in humans.
- the imaging is preferably in vitro imaging, ex vivo imaging, or in vivo imaging. More preferably the imaging is in vivo imaging: Even more preferably, the imaging is preferably brain imaging.
- the imaging can also be eye/retinal imaging.
- the compounds of the present invention are particularly suitable for use in diagnostics.
- the diagnostics can be conducted for mammals, preferably for humans.
- the tissue of interest on which the diagnostic is conducted can be brain, tissue of the central nervous system, tissue of the eye (such as retinal tissue), tissue of peripheral organs such as the gut or other tissues, or body fluids such as cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) or blood.
- the tissue is preferably brain tissue.
- the present invention provides a diagnostic composition
- a diagnostic composition comprising a compound of the invention, and optionally at least one pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, carrier, diluent and/or adjuvant.
- the compounds of the present invention are suitable for use in the diagnosis of diseases, disorders and abnormalities associated with alpha- synuclein aggregates.
- the diagnostic composition which comprises a compound of the present invention is also suitable for use in the diagnosis of diseases, disorders and abnormalities associated with alpha-synuclein aggregates.
- the compound of the present invention, or the diagnostic composition comprising a compound of the invention is suitable for use in imaging, such as in vitro imaging, ex vivo imaging, or in vivo imaging, preferably the use is for in vivo imaging, more preferably the use is for brain imaging. In particular, the use is in humans.
- the compounds of the present invention or the diagnostic composition are particularly suitable for use in positron emission tomography imaging of alpha-synuclein aggregates.
- the compounds of the present invention are suitable for use in the diagnosis of diseases, disorders or abnormalities associated with alpha-synuclein aggregates including, but not limited to, Lewy bodies and/or Lewy neurites, or a predisposition therefor, wherein the diseases, disorders or abnormalities are selected from (including, but not limited to) Parkinson's disease (sporadic, familial with alpha-synuclein mutations, familial with mutations other than alpha-synuclein, pure autonomic failure and Lewy body dysphagia), SNCA duplication carrier, dementia with Lewy bodies (“pure” Lewy body dementia), Alzheimer’s disease, sporadic Alzheimer’s disease, familial Alzheimer's disease with APP mutations, familial Alzheimer's disease with PS-1 , PS-2 or other mutations, familial British dementia, Lewy body variant of
- the compounds of the present invention are suitable for use in the diagnosis of diseases, disorders or abnormalities associated with alpha-synuclein aggregates including, but not limited to, neuronal and glial aggregates of alpha synuclein, includingmultiple system atrophy (MSA) (Shy-Drager syndrome, striatonigral degeneration and olivopontocerebellar atrophy).
- MSA multiple system atrophy
- alpha-synuclein-immunoreactive lesions include traumatic brain injury, chronic traumatic encephalopathy, tauopathies (Pick's disease, frontotemporal dementia, progressive supranuclear palsy, corticobasal degeneration and Niemann-Pick type C1 disease), motor neuron disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (sporadic, familial and ALS-dementia complex of Guam), neuroaxonal dystrophy, neurodegeneration with brain iron accumulation type 1 (Hallervorden-Spatz syndrome), prion diseases, ataxia telangiectatica, Meige’s syndrome, subacute sclerosing panencephalitis, Gaucher disease as well as other lysosomal storage disorders (including Kufor- Rakeb syndrome and Sanfilippo syndrome) and rapid eye movement (REM) sleep behavior disorder (Jellinger, Mov Disord 2003, 18 Suppl.
- tauopathies Pick's disease, frontotemporal dementia, progressive supranucle
- the compounds of the present invention are suitable for use in the diagnosis of Parkinson's disease, multiple system atrophy, dementia with Lewy bodies, Parkinson’s disease dementia, SNCA duplication carrier, or Alzheimer’s disease, more preferably Parkinson’s disease (PD) or multiple system atrophy (MSA).
- Parkinson's disease multiple system atrophy
- dementia with Lewy bodies dementia with Lewy bodies
- Parkinson’s disease dementia dementia with Lewy bodies
- SNCA duplication carrier or Alzheimer’s disease
- PD Parkinson’s disease
- MSA multiple system atrophy
- the method comprises the steps of:
- tissue of interest such as brain tissue, tissue of the central nervous system (CNS), tissue of the eye, tissue of peripheral organs or other tissues
- body fluid such as cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) or blood
- CSF cerebrospinal fluid
- the compounds of the present invention can be used for imaging of alpha-synuclein aggregates in any sample or a specific body part or body area of a patient which is suspected to contain alpha- synuclein aggregates.
- the compounds are able to pass the blood-brain barrier.
- CNS central nervous system
- eye such as retinal tissue
- peripheral organs such as the gut or other tissues
- body fluids such as cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) or blood.
- the compounds of the present invention are preferably administered in the form of a diagnostic composition comprising the compound of the invention.
- a "diagnostic composition” is defined in the present invention as a composition comprising one or more compounds of the present invention in a form suitable for administration to a patient, e.g., a mammal such as a human, and which is suitable for use in the diagnosis of the specific disease, disorder or abnormality at issue.
- a diagnostic composition further comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, carrier, diluent or adjuvant.
- Administration is preferably carried out as defined below. More preferably by injection of the composition as an aqueous solution.
- Such a composition may optionally contain further ingredients such as buffers; pharmaceutically acceptable solubilizers (e.g., cyclodextrins or surfactants such as Pluronic, Tween or phospholipids); and pharmaceutically acceptable stabilisers or antioxidants (such as ascorbic acid, gentisic acid or para-aminobenzoic acid).
- pharmaceutically acceptable solubilizers e.g., cyclodextrins or surfactants such as Pluronic, Tween or phospholipids
- pharmaceutically acceptable stabilisers or antioxidants such as ascorbic acid, gentisic acid or para-aminobenzoic acid.
- the invention also provides a diagnostic composition which comprises a diagnostically effective amount of a compound of the present invention in admixture with, optionally, at least one pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, carrier, diluent or adjuvant.
- compositions are well known in the pharmaceutical art, and are described, for example, in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 15 th Ed., Mack Publishing Co., New Jersey (1975).
- the pharmaceutical excipient can be selected with regard to the intended route of administration and standard pharmaceutical practice.
- the excipient must be acceptable in the sense of being not deleterious to the recipient thereof.
- compositions of the present invention may comprise, for example, solvents such as monohydric alcohols such as ethanol, isopropanol and polyhydric alcohols such as glycols and edible oils such as soybean oil, coconut oil, olive oil, safflower oil, cottonseed oil, oily esters such as ethyl oleate, isopropyl myristate, binders, adjuvants, solubilizers, thickening agents, stabilizers, disintegrants, glidants, lubricating agents, buffering agents, emulsifiers, wetting agents, suspending agents, sweetening agents, colorants, flavors, coating agents, preservatives, antioxidants, processing agents, drug delivery modifiers and enhancers such as calcium phosphate, magnesium stearate, talc, monosaccharides, disaccharides, starch, gelatin, cellulose, methylcellulose
- the routes for administration (delivery) of the compounds of the invention include, but are not limited to, one or more of: intravenous, gastrointestinal, intraspinal, intraperitoneal, intramuscular, oral (e. g. as a tablet, capsule, or as an ingestible solution), topical, mucosal (e. g. as a nasal spray or aerosol for inhalation), nasal, parenteral (e. g. by an injectable form), intrauterine, intraocular, intradermal, intracranial, intratracheal, intravaginal, intracerebroventricular, intracerebral, subcutaneous, ophthalmic (including intravitreal or intracameral), transdermal, rectal, buccal, epidural and sublingual.
- the route of administration (delivery) of the compounds of the invention is intravenous.
- the compounds can be administered orally in the form of tablets, capsules, ovules, elixirs, solutions or suspensions, which may contain flavoring or coloring agents, for immediate-, delayed-, modified-, sustained-, pulsed- or controlled-release applications.
- the tablets may contain excipients such as microcrystalline cellulose, lactose, sodium citrate, calcium carbonate, dibasic calcium phosphate and glycine, disintegrants such as starch (preferably corn, potato or tapioca starch), sodium starch glycolate, croscarmellose sodium and certain complex silicates, and granulation binders such as polyvinylpyrrolidone, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose (HPMC), hydroxypropylcellulose (HPC), sucrose, gelatin and acacia. Additionally, lubricating agents such as magnesium stearate, stearic acid, glyceryl behenate and talc may be included. Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in gelatin capsules.
- excipients such as microcrystalline cellulose, lactose, sodium citrate, calcium carbonate, dibasic calcium phosphate and glycine
- disintegrants such as starch (preferably corn, potato or tapioca starch), sodium starch glyco
- Preferred excipients in this regard include starch, a cellulose, milk sugar (lactose) or high molecular weight polyethylene glycols.
- the agent may be combined with various sweetening or flavoring agents, coloring matter or dyes, with emulsifying and/or suspending agents and with diluents such as water, ethanol, propylene glycol and glycerin, and combinations thereof.
- the compounds of the present invention are administered parenterally.
- parenterally examples of such administration include one or more of: intravenously, intraarterially, intraperitoneally, intrathecally, intraventricularly, intraurethrally, intrasternally, intracranially, intramuscularly or subcutaneously administering the compounds; and/or by using infusion techniques.
- the compounds are best used in the form of a sterile aqueous solution which may contain other substances, for example, enough salts or glucose to make the solution isotonic with blood.
- the aqueous solutions should be suitably buffered (preferably to a pH of from 3 to 9), if necessary.
- the preparation of suitable parenteral formulations under sterile conditions is readily accomplished by standard pharmaceutical techniques well known to those skilled in the art.
- the compounds of the present invention can be administered intranasally or by inhalation and are conveniently delivered in the form of a dry powder inhaler or an aerosol spray presentation from a pressurized container, pump, spray or nebulizer with the use of a suitable propellant, e.g. dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, a hydrofluoroalkane such as 1 ,1 ,1 ,2-tetrafluoroethane (HFA134AT) or 1 , 1 ,1 , 2, 3,3,3- heptafluoropropane (HFA 227EA), carbon dioxide or other suitable gas.
- a suitable propellant e.g. dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, a hydrofluoroalkane such as 1 ,1 ,1 ,2-tetra
- the dosage unit may be determined by providing a valve to deliver a metered amount.
- the pressurized container, pump, spray or nebulizer may contain a solution or suspension of the active compound, e. g. using a mixture of ethanol and the propellant as the solvent, which may additionally contain a lubricant, e. g. sorbitan trioleate.
- a lubricant e. g. sorbitan trioleate.
- Capsules and cartridges (made, for example, from gelatin) for use in an inhaler or insufflator may be formulated to contain a powder mix of the compound and a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch.
- the compounds of the present invention can be administered in the form of a suppository or pessary, or it may be applied topically in the form of a gel, hydrogel, lotion, solution, cream, ointment or dusting powder.
- the compounds of the present invention may also be dermally or transdermally administered, for example, by the use of a skin patch.
- the compounds may also be administered by the pulmonary or rectal routes. They may also be administered by the ocular route.
- the compounds can be formulated as micronized suspensions in isotonic, pH was adjusted, sterile saline, or, preferably, as solutions in isotonic, pH was adjusted, sterile saline, optionally in combination with a preservative such as a benzylalkonium chloride. Alternatively, they may be formulated in an ointment such as petrolatum.
- the compounds of the present invention can be formulated as a suitable ointment containing the active compound suspended or dissolved in, for example, a mixture with one or more of the following: mineral oil, liquid petrolatum, white petrolatum, propylene glycol, emulsifying wax and water.
- they can be formulated as a suitable lotion or cream, suspended or dissolved in, for example, a mixture of one or more of the following: mineral oil, sorbitan monostearate, a polyethylene glycol, liquid paraffin, polysorbate 60, cetyl esters wax, cetearyl alcohol, 2-octyldodecanol, benzyl alcohol and water.
- a physician will determine the actual dosage which will be most suitable for an individual subject.
- the specific dose level and frequency of dosage for any particular individual may be varied and will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the specific compound employed, the metabolic stability and length of action of that compound, the age, body weight, general health, sex, diet, mode and time of administration, rate of excretion, drug combination, the severity of the particular condition, and the individual undergoing diagnosis.
- compositions of the invention can be produced in a manner known per se to the skilled person as described, for example, in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 15 th Ed., Mack Publishing Co., New Jersey (1975).
- the compounds of the present invention are useful as an in vitro analytical reference or an in vitro screening tool. They are also useful in in vivo diagnostic methods.
- the compounds according to the present invention can also be provided in the form of a mixture, a pharmaceutical composition, or a combination, comprising a compound according to the present invention and at least one compound selected from an imaging agent different from the compound according to the invention, a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, carrier, diluent or adjuvant.
- the imaging agent different from the compound according to the invention is preferably present in a diagnostically effective amount. More preferably the imaging agent different from the compound according to the invention is an Abeta or Tau imaging agent.
- the invention provides a method of diagnosing a disease, disorder or abnormality associated with alpha-synuclein aggregates in a subject, the method comprising the steps:
- said method may further comprise the step of:
- the invention provides a method of positron emission tomography (PET) imaging of alpha-synuclein aggregates in a tissue of a subject, the method comprising the steps:
- the invention relates to a method for the detection and optionally quantification (e.g., an in vivo or in vitro method) of alpha-synuclein aggregates in a tissue of a subject, the method comprising the steps:
- the present invention refers to a method of collecting data for the diagnosis of a disease, disorder or abnormality associated with alpha-synuclein aggregates including the method comprising the steps: (a) Bringing a sample or a specific body part or body area suspected to contain alpha-synuclein aggregates into contact with a compound according to the present invention, or a diagnostic composition which comprises a compound according to the present invention;
- the amount of the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates is higher than a normal control value it can be assumed that the patient is suffering from a disease, disorder or abnormality associated with alpha-synuclein aggregates.
- Yet another embodiment of the present invention refers to a method of collecting data for determining a predisposition to a disease, disorder or abnormality associated with alpha-synuclein aggregates, the method comprising the steps:
- the present invention relates to a method of collecting data for prognosing a disease, disorder or abnormality associated with alpha-synuclein aggregates, wherein the method comprises the steps:
- step (e) Optionally repeating steps (a) to (c) and, if present, optional step (d) at least one time.
- the progression of a disease, disorder or abnormality and/or the prospect (e.g., the probability, duration, and/or extent) of recovery can be estimated by a medical practitioner based on the presence or absence of the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates, the amount of the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates or the like. If desired, steps (a) to (c) and, if present, optional step (d) can be repeated over time to monitor the progression of the disease, disorder or abnormality and to thus allow a more reliable estimate.
- a further aspect is directed to a method of collecting data for monitoring the progression (or evolution) of a disease, disorder or abnormality associated with alpha-synuclein aggregates in a patient, the method comprising the steps:
- step (e) Optionally repeating steps (a) to (c) and, if present, optional step (d) at least one time.
- the amount of the compound bound to the alpha- synuclein aggregates can be optionally compared at various points of time during the treatment, for instance, before and after onset of the treatment or at various points of time after the onset of the treatment.
- the patient is or has been undergoing treatment of the disease, disorder or abnormality associated with alpha-synuclein aggregates or is/has been undergoing treatment of the synucleinopathy.
- the treatment can involve administration of a medicament which is suitable for treating the disease, disorder or abnormality associated with alpha-synuclein aggregates.
- the invention relates to a method of collecting data for predicting responsiveness of a patient suffering from a disease, disorder or abnormality associated with alpha- synuclein aggregates to a treatment with a medicament, the method comprising the steps of
- step (e) Optionally repeating steps (a) to (c) and, if present, optional step (d) at least one time.
- the method can further comprises steps (i) to (vi) before step (a):
- step (vi) treating the patient with the medicament.
- the method can further comprise step (A) after step (d) or step (e):
- step (A) comparing the amount of the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates determined in step (iv) to the amount of the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates determined in step (d).
- the amount of the compound bound to the alpha- synuclein aggregates can be optionally compared at various points of time during the treatment, for instance, before and after onset of the treatment or at various points of time after the onset of the treatment.
- a change, especially a decrease, in the amount of the compound bound to the alpha- synuclein aggregates may indicate that the patient has a high potential of being responsive to the respective treatment.
- the amount of the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates decreases over time, it can be assumed that the patient is responsive to the treatment. If the amount of the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates is essentially constant or increases overtime, it can be assumed that the patient is non-responsive to the treatment.
- the responsiveness can be estimated by determining the amount of the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates.
- the amount of the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates can be compared to a control value such as a normal control value, a preclinical control value or a clinical control value.
- the control value may refer to the control value of subjects known to be responsive to a certain therapy, or the control value may refer to the control value of subjects known to be non-responsive to a certain therapy.
- the outcome with respect to responsiveness can either be "responsive" to a certain therapy, "non-responsive" to a certain therapy or “response undetermined” to a certain therapy. Response to the therapy may be different for the respective patients.
- the diagnostic composition can be used before, during and after, surgical procedures (e.g. deep brain stimulation (DBS)) and non-invasive brain stimulation (such as repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation (rTMS)), for visualizing alpha-synuclein aggregates before, during and after such procedures.
- surgical procedures e.g. deep brain stimulation (DBS)
- non-invasive brain stimulation such as repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation (rTMS)
- Surgical techniques including DBS, improve advanced symptoms of PD on top of the best currently used medical therapy.
- rTMS has been closely examined as a possible treatment for PD (Ying-hui Chou et al. JAMA Neurol. 2015 April 1 ; 72(4): 432-440).
- the step of optionally correlating the presence or absence of the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates with the presence or absence of the alpha- synuclein aggregates in the sample or specific body part or body area; comprises determining the amount of the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates;
- the control value can be, e.g., a normal control value, a preclinical control value and/or a clinical control value.
- a “healthy control subject” or “healthy volunteer (HV) subject” is a person showing no clinical evidence of a disease, disorder or abnormality associated with alpha-synuclein aggregates.
- the alpha-synuclein aggregates include, but are not limited to, Lewy bodies and/or Lewy neurites.
- the amount of the compound bound with the alpha- synuclein aggregates is higher than the normal control value, then it can be expected that the patient is suffering from or is likely to from a disease, disorder or abnormality associated with alpha-synuclein aggregates or from a synucleinopathy.
- a sample or a specific body part or body area suspected to contain alpha-synuclein aggregates is brought into contact with a compound of the present invention.
- any of the compounds of the present invention can be used in the above summarized methods.
- Preferably detectably labelled compounds of the present invention are employed in the above summarized methods.
- the specific body part or body area is preferably of a mammal, more preferably of a human, including the full body or partial body area or body part of the patient suspected to contain alpha-synuclein aggregates.
- the specific body part or body area can be brain, the central nervous system, eye or a peripheral organ such as the gut, preferably brain.
- the tissue can be brain tissue, tissue of the central nervous system (CNS), tissue of the eye (such as retinal tissue), tissue of peripheral organs such as the gut or other tissues, or body fluids such as cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) or blood.
- the tissue is preferably brain tissue.
- the sample is an in vitro sample from a patient.
- the compound of the present invention can be brought into contact with the sample or the specific body part or body area suspected to contain the alpha-synuclein aggregates by any suitable method.
- the compound of the present invention and a liquid sample can be simply mixed.
- the specific body part or body area can be brought into contact with a compound of the invention by administering an effective amount of a compound of the invention to the patient.
- the effective amount of a compound of the invention is an amount which is suitable for allowing the presence or absence of alpha-synuclein aggregates in the sample, specific body part or body area to be determined using the chosen analytical technique.
- the amount is not particularly limited and will depend on the compound of the formula (I), the type of detectable label, the sensitivity of the respective analytical method and the respective device. The amount can be chosen appropriately by a skilled person.
- the compound is then allowed to bind to the alpha-synuclein aggregates.
- the step of allowing the compound to bind to the alpha-synuclein aggregates includes allowing sufficient time for the compound of the invention to bind to the alpha-synuclein aggregates.
- the amount of time required for binding will depend on the type of test (e.g., in vitro or in vivo) and can be determined by a person skilled in the field by routine experiments. In an in vivo method, the amount of time will depend on the time which is required for the compound to reach the specific body part or body area suspected to contain alpha-synuclein aggregates. The amount of time should not be too extended to avoid washout and/or metabolism of the compound of the invention.
- the compound which has bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates can be subsequently detected by any appropriate method.
- the method of detecting the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates is not particularly limited and depends, among others, on the detectable label, the type of sample, specific body part or body area and whether the method is an in vitro or in vivo method. Examples of possible methods include, but are not limited to, a fluorescence imaging technique or a nuclear imaging technique such as positron emission tomography (PET), single photon emission computed tomography (SPECT), magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), and contrast-enhanced magnetic resonance imaging (MRI). These have been described and enable visualization of alpha- synuclein biomarkers.
- PET positron emission tomography
- SPECT single photon emission computed tomography
- MRI magnetic resonance imaging
- MRI contrast-enhanced magnetic resonance imaging
- the fluorescence imaging technique and/or nuclear imaging technique can be employed for monitoring and/or visualizing the distribution of the detectably labelled compound within the sample or a specific body part or body area.
- the imaging system provides an image of bound detectable label such as radioisotopes, in particular positron emitters or gamma emitters, as present in the tested sample, the tested specific body part or the tested body area.
- the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates including is detected by an imaging apparatus such as PET or SPECT scanner, more preferably PET.
- the amount of the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates including can be determined by visual or quantitative analysis, for example, using PET scan images.
- a compound according to the present invention or its precursor can also be incorporated into a test kit for detecting alpha-synuclein protein aggregates.
- the test kit typically comprises a container holding one or more compounds according to the present invention or its precursor(s) and instructions for using the compound for the purpose of binding to alpha-synuclein aggregates and detecting the formation of the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates such that presence or absence of the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates correlates with the presence or absence of the alpha-synuclein aggregates.
- test kit refers in general to any diagnostic kit known in the art. More specifically, the latter term refers to a diagnostic kit as described in Zrein et al., Clin. Diagn. Lab. Immunol., 1998, 5, 45-49.
- the dose of the detectably labelled compounds of the present invention preferably compounds of formula (l-F) labelled with 18 F or compounds of formula (l-H*) or (l-H) labelled with 3 H, will vary depending on the exact compound to be administered, the weight of the patient, size and type of the sample, and other variables as would be apparent to a physician skilled in the art. Generally, the dose could preferably lie in the range 0.001 pg/kg to 10 pg/kg, preferably 0.01 pg/kg to 1.0 pg/kg.
- the radioactive dose can be, e.g., 100 to 600 MBq, more preferably 150 to 450 MBq.
- the compounds of the present invention may be prepared in accordance with the definition of compound of formula (I) by the routes described in the following Schemes or the Examples. All methods described herein can be performed in any suitable order unless otherwise indicated herein or otherwise clearly contradicted by context. The use of any and all examples, or exemplary language (e.g. "such as") provided herein is intended merely to better illuminate the invention and does not pose a limitation on the scope of the invention otherwise claimed.
- R 1 , R 2 , ®, LG, and Hal are as previously defined in the above embodiments or limited to designations in the Schemes. Unless otherwise stated, starting materials are either commercially available or are prepared by known methods.
- the halogen atom of commercially available or custom- made aldehyde derivatives containing an acid sensitive Pg at the triazolo-moiety can be replaced by a heteroaryl boronic acid derivatives via Suzuki coupling to obtain intermediate E after purification.
- Reductive amination of intermediate E with a suitable amine is employed to obtain intermediate F after purification.
- the Pg of intermediate F is removed by acid treatment to obtain intermediate D after purification.
- Intermediate D can be ring cyclized using 1 ,1’-carbonyldiimidazole (CDI) in an appropriate solvent to afford compounds of formula G as a free base.
- Acid treatment of compounds of formula G is used to afford the salts of compounds of formula (I).
- intermediate F Reductive amination of intermediate E with a suitable amine is employed to obtain intermediate F after purification.
- the Pg of intermediate F is removed by acid treatment to obtain intermediate D after purification.
- Intermediate D can be ring cyclized using 1 ,T- carbonyldiimidazole (CDI) in an appropriate solvent to afford compounds of formula H as a free base.
- Acid treatment of compounds of formula H can be used to afford the salts of compounds of formula (I).
- Compounds having the formula (I) which are labelled by 18 F can be prepared by reacting a precursor compound (I I l-F), as described below, with an 18 F-fluorinating agent, so that the LG comprised in the precursor compound is replaced by 18 F.
- the reagents, solvents and conditions which can be used for the 18 F-fluorination are well-known to a skilled person in the field (L. Cai, S. Lu, V. Pike, Eur. J. Org. Chem 2008, 2853-2873; J.
- the solvents used in the 18 F-fluorination are DMF, DMSO, acetonitrile, DMA, or mixtures thereof, preferably the solvent is acetonitrile or DMSO.
- any suitable 18 F-fluorinating agent can be employed. Typical examples include H 18 F, alkali or alkaline earth 18 F-fluorides (e.g., K 18 F, Rb 18 F, Cs 18 F, and Na 18 F).
- the 18 F-fluorination agent can be used in combination with a chelating agent such as a cryptand (e.g.: 4,7,13,16,21 ,24-hexaoxa-1 ,10- diazabicyclo[8.8.8]-hexacosane - Kryptofix®) or a crown ether (e.g.: 18-crown-6).
- a cryptand e.g.: 4,7,13,16,21 ,24-hexaoxa-1 ,10- diazabicyclo[8.8.8]-hexacosane - Kryptofix®
- a crown ether e.g.: 18-crown-6
- the 18 F-fluorinating agent can be a tetraalkylammonium salt of 18 F or a tetraalkylphosphonium salt of 18 F; e.g., tetra(Ci-6 alkyl)ammonium salt of 18 F or a tetra(Ci-6 alkyl)phosphonium salt of 18 F.
- the 18 F-fluorination agent is K 18 F, H 18 F, Cs 18 F, Na 18 F, tetra(Ci-e alkyl) ammonium salt of 18 F, Kryptofix[222] 18 F or tetrabutylammonium [ 18 F]fluoride.
- NMR measurements were performed on a DRX-400 MHz NMR spectrometer, on a Bruker AV-400 MHz NMR spectrometer in deuterated solvents, using or not using TMS as an internal standard. Chemical shifts (6) are reported in ppm downfield from TMS, spectra splitting patterns are designated as singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), quintet (quint), septet (sept), multiplet, unresolved or overlapping signals (m), or broad signal (br).
- Deuterated solvents are given in parentheses and have chemical shifts of dimethyl sulfoxide (6 2.50 ppm), methanol (6 3.31 ppm), chloroform (6 7.26 ppm), or other solvent as indicated in NMR spectral data. MS were recorded on an Advion CMS mass spectrometer or an UPLC H-Class Plus with Photodiode Array detector and Qda Mass spectrometer from Waters.
- Flash Column Chromatography System flash purification was conducted with a Biotage Isolera One flash purification system using HP-Sil or KP-NH SNAP cartridges (Biotage) and the solvent gradient indicated in the specific examples.
- the compound was purchased from the commercial supplier Aurum Pharmatech LLC.
- Step-A To a stirred solution of 2-fluoroethanol (1.82 mL, 31.2 mmol) and sodium hydride (60% dispersed in mineral oil) (1.25 g, 31.2 mmol) in THF (100 mL) under a nitrogen atmosphere was added 5-bromo-2-fluoropyridine (5.0 g, 28.4 mmol) in portions at 0 °C over a period of 15 min. After the addition was completed, the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with water (100 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 100 mL). The combined organic phase was dried over NazSCh and concentrated under vacuum to afford the title compound as a yellow solid (5.0 g, 79%).
- Step-B In an oven-dried flask was added the title compound from Step A above (5.0 g, 22.7 mmol), bis(pinacalato) diborane (11.5 g, 45.4 mmol), KOAc (6.7 g, 68.9 mmol) and 1 ,4-dioxane (250 mL) under an argon atmosphere. The reaction mixture was degassed with argon for 15 min. Then [1 ,1'- bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]-dichloropalladium(ll), complex with dichloromethane (1.8 g, 22.7 mmol) was added and the mixture was heated to 60 °C for 5 h.
- the compound was purchased from the commercial supplier SV ChemBioTech, Inc.
- Step-A 2,5-Dibromopyrazine (5.0 g, 21 mmol), pyrrolidine (1.8 g, 25.2 mmol), CS2CO3 (6.8 g, 21 mmol), and DMSO (50 mL, 10 vol) were heated at 100“C for 16 h under microwave irradiation. After completion, the reaction mixture was quenched with ice cool water (60 mL) and the crude reaction mass was filtered through a buchner funnel. The solid was dried under high vacuum to afford the desired product as a yellow solid (4.3 g, 90%).
- Step-B To a stirred solution of step-A product (2.0 g, 8.77 mmol) in THF (80 mL, 40 vol.) was added dropwise nBuLi (2.5M in hexane) (4.2 mL, 10.5 mmol) at -78°C under N2 atmosphere and the mixture was stirred for 1 h. Then, 2-isopropoxy-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolane (2.1 mL, 10.5 mmol) was added. The mixture was allowed to stir at -78°C for 2 h and at rt for 3 h. The reaction time was monitored by TLC.
- nBuLi 2.5M in hexane
- reaction mixture was cooled to 0°C and quenched with saturated aqueous NH4CI solution.
- the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 100 mL) and the combined organic layers were dried over NasSCU and concentrated under vacuum.
- the crude reaction product was directly used as such in the next step without further purification.
- Step-B To a solution of the Step A product (3.2 g, 18.48 mmol) in methanol (96 mL, 30 vol.) was added 10% Pd/C (640 mg, 20%w/w) portionwise under N 2 atmosphere. Then, the vessel was filled up with H2 gas and the mixture was stirred at rt for 20 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. After completion, the mixture was filtered through celite and the celite was washed with MeOH (3 x 100 mL). The combined filtrates were concentrated in vacuum to yield the desired product as a yellow oil (2.6 g, 93%).
- Step-A To a solution of 3-nitro-1 H-pyrazole (2.0 g, 17.6 mmol) in DMF (40mL, 20 vol.) was added CS2CO3 (17.3 g, 53.1 mmol) and 3-fluoropropyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate (8.2 g, 35.4 mmol). The mixture was stirred at rt for 16 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. After completion, the solvent was evaporated under vacuum and water (80 mL) was added to the residue. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 80 mL) and the combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated under vacuum. The obtained crude mass was purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) and eluted in 50% EtOAc in hexane to afford the desired product as a yellow oil (2.3 g, 75%).
- Step-B To a solution of the Step A product (2.3 g, 13.2 mmol) in methanol (70 mL, 30 vol.) was added 10% Pd/C (230 mg, 10%w/w) portionwise under N2 atmosphere. The reaction vessel was filled up with H 2 gas and the mixture was stirred at rt for 21 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. After completion, the mixture was filtered through celite and the celite was washed with MeOH (3 x 100 mL). The combined filtrates were concentrated in vacuum to yield the desired product as a yellow oil (1.7 g, 86%). The compound was pure enough and used as such in the next step without further purification.
- the reaction mixture was stirred for 4 h and allowed to reach room temperature. Then sodium triacetoxyborohydride (4.0 g, 19.2 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with saturated NaHCO3 (100 mL) and the product was extracted with 5% MeOH in DCM (3 x 250 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated under vacuum. The crude material was purified by column chromatography using silica gel (100-200 mesh) employing in 2% MeOH in DCM to afford the title compound as a yellow liquid (3.0 g, 76%).
- Step B In an oven-dried screw capped vial was added the title compound from Step A above (0.6 g,
- reaction mixture was quenched with ice-water and extracted in 10% MeOH in DCM (3 x 30 mL).
- the organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, concentrated and purified by silica gel chromatography (100-200 mesh) using 4% MeOH in DCM to obtain the title compound as a brownish liquid (0.45 g, 68%).
- Step-C The title compound from Step B above (0.1 g, 0.27 mmol), (R)-3-fiuoropyrrolidine hydrogen chloride (0.051 g, 0.40 mmol), DIPEA (0.14 mL, 0.8 mmol), and NMP (5 mL) were combined in an oven-dried microwave vial under argon atmosphere. The reaction mixture was heated at 160 °C in a microwave oven for 4 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with ice cold water (10 mL) and extracted with 5% MeOH in DCM (3 x 10 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with cold brine solution (2 x 10 mL), dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated under vacuum.
- Step-D To a stirred solution of the title compound from Step C above (0.050 g, 0.11 mmol) in DCM (2.5 mL) was added a solution of 4 M HCI in 1 ,4-dioxane (0.5 mL) at 0 °C under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was stirred for 6 h and allowed to reach room temperature. The solvent was removed under vacuum to afford the title compound as a hydrochloride salt. The yellow solid was washed with hexane (3 x 5 mL) and dried under vacuum.
- Step-E To an ice cool solution of the title compound from Step D above (0.04 mg, 0.1 mmol) in 1 ,2- DCE (2 mL) was added sodium hydride (60% dispersed in mineral oil) (0.004 g, 0.17 mmol) under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. Then 1 ,1'- carbonyldiimidazole (0.16 g, 1 .0 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 6 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with ice cold water and the product was extracted with 5% MeOH in DCM. The organic phase was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (100-200 mesh) employing 4% MeOH in DCM to yield the title compound as a white solid (0.02 mg, 51%).
- Step-F To a stirred solution of the title compound from Step E above (0.020 g, 0.05 mmol) in DCM (2 mL) was added a solution of 4 M HCI in 1 ,4-dioxane (0.2 mL) at 0 °C under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was stirred for 6 h and allowed to warm to room temperature. The solvent was evaporated, the residue was treated with pentane, and dried under vacuum to afford the title compound as a yellow solid (0-015 g, 71%).
- Step A To an ice cool solution of ethyl 5-bromo-1/-/-1 ,2,4-triazole-3-carboxylate (2.5 g, 11.3 mmol) in THF (50 mL) was added sodium hydroxide (60% dispersed in mineral oil) (0.59 g, 14.7 mmol) under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min.
- reaction mixture was cooled to 0 °C, 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl chloride (2.4 mL, 13.6 mmol) was dropwise added, and the reaction mixture was stirred for 16 h and allowed to reach room temperature.
- the reaction mixture was quenched with ice-water and the reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 75 mL).
- the combined organic phase was washed with brine (2 x 25 mL), dried over NazSCM, and concentrated under vacuum.
- the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (100-200 mesh) employing 10% EtOAc in n-hexane to yield the title compound as a yellow oil (0.96 g, 24%).
- Step B In an oven-dried screw capped vial was added the title compound from Step A above (0.2 g, 0.57 mmol), (6-fluoropyridin-3-yl)boronic acid (0.096 g, 0.68 mmol), CS2CO3 (0.371 g, 1.14 mmol), and 1 ,4-dioxane (8 mL) under an argon atmosphere. The reaction mixture was degassed with argon for 15 min.
- Step C The title compound from Step B above (3.0 g, 8.2 mmol), (S)-3-fluoropyrrolidine hydrogen chloride (2.0 g, 16.3 mmol), DIPEA (7.13 mL, 41 mmol) and ethanol (30 mL) were combined in an oven-dried microwave vial under argon atmosphere. The reaction mixture was heated at 130 °C in a microwave oven for 3 h. The solvent was removed under vacuum and the obtained crude material was purified by column chromatography using silica gel (100-200 mesh) employing 50% EtOAc in n-hexane to afford the title compound as a white solid (1.8 g, 50%).
- Step D To an ice cool solution of the title compound from Step C above (1.8 g, 4.13 mmol) in MeOH (90 mL) was added sodium borohydride (1.25 g, 33 mmol) in portions at 0 °C under a nitrogen atmosphere. After the addition was completed, the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0 °C and the reaction was quenched by the addition of sat. ammonium chloride (effervescence!). The solvent was removed under vacuum and the crude material was diluted with water and extracted with DCM (3 x 100 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with cold brine solution (100 mL), dried over NajSCU, and concentrated under vacuum to afford the title compound as a white solid (1 .6 g, 98%).
- Step E To an ice cool solution of the title compound from Step D above (1.6 g, 4.0 mmol) in DCM (48 mL) was added Dess-Martin periodinane (3.45 g, 8.14 mmol) in portions at 0 °C under a nitrogen atmosphere. After the addition was completed, the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0 °C and the reaction was quenched by the addition of sat. NaHCO3 (50 mL). The reaction mixture was extracted with DCM (3 x 80 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with cold brine solution (80 mL), dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated under vacuum. The crude material was purified by column chromatography using silica gel (100-200 mesh) employing in 50% EtOAc in n-hexane to afford the title compound as a white solid (1.3 g, 82%).
- Step F To a stirred solution of the title compound from Step E above (0.4 g, 1 .0 mmol) and 1-methyl- 1H-pyrazol-4-amine (0.1 g, 1.0 mmol) in 1 ,2-dichloroethane (16 mL) was added molecular sieves 4A and glacial AcOH (0.8 mL) under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. Then sodium triacetoxyborohydride (0.43 g, 2.0 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with aqueous sat.
- Step G To a stirred solution of the title compound from Step F above (0.4mg, 0.85 mmol) in DCM (8.0 mL) was added a solution of 4 M HCI in 1 ,4-dioxane (2.0 mL) at 0 °C under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h, the solvents were evaporated under reduced pressure, the residue was washed with pentane, and dried under vacuum to afford the title compound as an off-white solid (0.28 g, 97%).
- Step H To an ice cool solution of the title compound from Step G above (0.28 g, 0.82 mmol) in 1 ,2- dichloroethane (17 mL) was added sodium hydride (60% dispersed in mineral oil) (0.033 g, 0.82 mmol) under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature and kept for 30 min. Then 1 ,1 '-carbonyldiimidazole (1.33 g, 8.2 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with ice cold water and the reaction mixture was extracted with 5% MeOH in DCM (3 x 40 mL).
- Step I To a stirred solution of the title compound from Step H above (0.006.g, 0.024 mmol) in DCM (1.0 mL) was added a solution of 4M HCI in 1,4-dioxane (0.6 mL,) at 0 °C under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The solvents were removed under vacuum to afford the hydrochloride salt. The off-white solid was washed with n-hexane (2 mL) and then dried under vacuum to afford the title compound as a white solid (0.004 g, 40%).
- Step B To a stirred solution of the title compound from Step A above (0.4 g, 1.3 mmol) and 1 -methyl- 1H-pyrazol-4-amine (0.18 g, 1.9 mmol) in 1 ,2-dichloroethane (16 mL) was added molecular sieves 4 A and glacial AcOH (1.2 mL) under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 h. Then sodium triacetoxyborohydride (0.55 g, 2.6 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h.
- the reaction mixture was quenched with aqueous saturated NaHCO3 (60 mL) and the product was extracted with 5% MeOH in DCM (3 x 60 mL). The combined organic phase was dried over Na2SO 4 and concentrated under reduced pressure.
- the crude material was purified by column chromatography using silica gel (100-200 mesh) employing 4% MeOH in DCM to afford the title compound as a brown liquid (0.34 g, 65%).
- Step C To a stirred solution of the title compound from Step B above (0.26 g, 0.65 mmol) in DCM (13 mL) was added a solution of 4 M HCI in 1 ,4-dioxane (2.6 mL) at 0 °C under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to afford the hydrochloride salt. The yellow solid was washed with n-hexane (3 x 5 mL) and dried under vacuum to afford the title compound (0.2 g, 87%).
- Step D To an ice cool solution of the title compound from Step C above (0.2 mg, 0.63 mmol) in 1 ,2- dichloroethane (12 mL) was added sodium hydride (60% dispersed in mineral oil) (0.04 g, 0.95 mmol) under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. Then 1 ,T-carbonyldiimidazole (1.02 g, 6.3 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with ice cold water and the mixture was extracted with 5% MeOH in DCM (3 x 20 mL). The combined organic phase was dried over Na2SC>4 and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (100-200 mesh) employing 3% MeOH in DCM to yield the title compound as a white solid (0.09 g, 42%).
- sodium hydride 60% dispersed in mineral oil
- Step E To a stirred solution of the title compound from Step D above (0.08 g, 0.23 mmol) in DCM (4 mL) was added a solution of 4 M HCI in 1 ,4-dioxane (0.8 mL) at 0 °C under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 h and the solvents were evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was treated with pentane and dried under vacuum to afford the title compound as a white solid (0.08 g, 92%).
- Example 11 Following the same procedure as described for Example 11, except using the reagents indicated for the specific steps in Table 3 below, the following Example was prepared.
- Pellets were resuspended in extraction buffer [10 mM Tris-HCI pH 7.4, 10% sucrose, 0.85 M NaCI, 1 % protease inhibitor (Calbiochem 539131 ), 1 mM EGTA, 1% phosphatase inhibitor (Sigma P5726 and P0044)] and centrifuged at 15,000 x g (14,800 RPM, a 70.1 Ti rotor) for 20 minutes at 4°C. Pellets were discarded and sarkosyl (20% stock solution, Sigma L7414) was added to the supernatants to a final concentration of 1% and stirred at room temperature for one hour.
- PD brain-derived alpha-synuclein aggregates were spotted onto microarray slides.
- the slides were incubated with [ 3 H]-alpha-synuclein reference at 25nM, 30nM or 40nM and the example compounds (non-radiolabelled) at 1 pM and 100nM.
- the non-radiolabelled example compounds were further assessed for a range of different concentrations, varying from 0.05nM to 2pM.
- slides were washed, and scanned by a real-time autoradiography system (BeaQuant, ai4R). Quantification of the signal was performed by using the image analysis software Beamage (ai4R).
- Non-specific signal was determined with an excess of non-radiolabelled reference alpha- synuclein ligand (2 pM) and specific binding was calculated by subtracting the non-specific signal from the total signal. Competition was calculated as percent, where 0% was defined as the specific binding in the presence of vehicle and 100% as the values obtained in the presence of excess of the non-radiolabelled reference alpha-synuclein ligand.
- K values were calculated in GraphPad Prism7 by applying a nonlinear regression curve fit using a one site, specific binding model. All measurements were performed with at least two technical replicates. For compounds tested in more than one experiment, the mean of the replicates or Ki values in independent experiments is reported.
- Example compounds were assessed for their potency to compete with the binding of [ 3 H]- reference alpha-synuclein ligand to PD patient brain-derived alpha-synuclein aggregates.
- Results of the micro-radiobinding competition assay for the example compounds tested are shown in Table 4 as: % competition at 1 pM and 100 nM.
- the Table 4 also shows Ki values. Ki measurements for example compounds 1-11 were performed on the same PD brain-derived alpha-synuclein aggregates while Ki measurements for example compounds 13-17, and 25 were performed on PD brain-derived alpha-synuclein aggregates from a different donor. The data shows that the compounds of the invention bind to human brain-derived alpha-synuclein aggregates.
- Example compounds 4, 5, 11 and 17 exhibited binding with very high affinity (Ki ⁇ 100nM) to human PD patient brain-derived alpha-synuclein aggregates.
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Medicines Containing Antibodies Or Antigens For Use As Internal Diagnostic Agents (AREA)
Abstract
The present invention relates to novel compounds of formula (I), or a detectably labelled compound, stereoisomer, racemic mixture, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, that can be employed in the imaging of alpha-synuclein aggregates and determining an amount thereof. Furthermore, the compounds can be used for diagnosing a disease, disorder or abnormality associated with an alpha-synuclein aggregates (such as Parkinson's disease or such as multiple system atrophy (MSA)) determining a predisposition to such a disease, disorder or abnormality, prognosing such a disease, disorder or abnormality, monitoring the evolution of the disease in a patient suffering from such a disease, disorder or abnormality, monitoring the progression of such a disease, disorder or abnormality and predicting responsiveness of a patient suffering from such a disease, disorder or abnormality to a treatment thereof.
Description
NOVEL COMPOUNDS FOR DIAGNOSIS
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to novel compounds of formula (I), or a detectably labelled compound, stereoisomer, racemic mixture, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, that can be employed in the imaging of alpha-synuclein aggregates and determining an amount thereof. Furthermore, the compounds can be used for diagnosing a disease, disorder or abnormality associated with alpha-synuclein (a-synuclein, A-synuclein, aSynuclein, A-syn, a-syn, aSyn, a-syn) aggregates, such as Parkinson’s disease or multiple system atrophy, determining a predisposition to such a disease, disorder or abnormality, prognosing such a disease, disorder or abnormality, monitoring the evolution of the disease in a patient suffering from such a disease, disorder or abnormality, monitoring the progression of such a disease, disorder or abnormality and predicting responsiveness of a patient suffering from such a disease, disorder or abnormality to a treatment thereof. The present invention also relates to processes for the preparation of the compounds and their precursors, diagnostic compositions comprising the compounds, methods of using the compounds, kits comprising the compounds and their uses thereof.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Many diseases of aging are based on or associated with extracellular or intracellular deposits of amyloid or amyloid-like proteins that contribute to the pathogenesis as well as to the progression of the disease. The best characterized amyloid protein that forms extracellular aggregates is amyloid beta (Abeta or Ap).
Amyloid-like proteins that form mainly intracellular aggregates include, but are not limited to, Tau, alpha-synuclein, and huntingtin (HTT). Diseases involving alpha-synuclein aggregates are generally listed as synucleinopathies (or alpha-synucleinopathies) and these include, but are not limited to Parkinson’s disease (PD) or multiple system atrophy (MSA). Synucleinopathies with primarily neuronal aggregates include, but are not limited to, Parkinson's disease (sporadic, familial with SNCA (the gene encoding for the alpha-synuclein protein) mutations or SNCA gene duplication or triplication, familial with mutations in other genes than SNCA, pure autonomic failure and Lewy body dysphagia), SNCA duplication carrier, Lewy Body dementia (LBD), dementia with Lewy bodies (DLB) (“pure” Lewy body dementia), Parkinson’s disease dementia (PDD), diffuse Lewy body disease
(DLBD), Alzheimer’s disease, sporadic Alzheimer’s disease, familial Alzheimer's disease with APP mutations, familial Alzheimer's disease with PS-1 , PS-2 or other mutations, familial British dementia, Lewy body variant of Alzheimer’s disease and normal aging in Down syndrome. Synucleinopathies with neuronal and glial aggregates of alpha-synuclein include, but are not limited to, multiple system atrophy (MSA) (Shy-Drager syndrome, striatonigral degeneration and olivopontocerebellar atrophy). Other diseases that may have alpha-synuclein-immunoreactive lesions are, but are not limited to, traumatic brain injury, chronic traumatic encephalopathy, dementia puglistica, tauopathies (Pick's disease, frontotemporal dementia, progressive supranuclear palsy, corticobasal degeneration and Niemann-Pick type C1 disease, frontotemporal dementia with Parkinsonism linked to chromosome 17), motor neuron disease, Huntington’s disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (sporadic, familial and ALS-dementia complex of Guam), neuroaxonal dystrophy, neurodegeneration with brain iron accumulation type 1 (Hallervorden-Spatz syndrome), prion diseases, Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease, ataxia telangiectatica, Meige’s syndrome, subacute sclerosing panencephalitis, Gerstmann- Straussler-Scheinker disease, inclusion-body myositis, Gaucher disease, Krabbe disease as well as other lysosomal storage disorders (including Kufor-Rakeb syndrome and Sanfilippo syndrome) and rapid eye movement (REM) sleep behavior disorder (Jellinger, Mov. Disord. 2003, 18 Suppl. 6, S2- 12; Galvin et al. JAMA Neurology 2001 , 58 (2), 186-190; Kovari et al., Acta Neuropathol. 2007, 114(3), 295-8; Saito et al., J. Neuropathol. Exp. Neurol. 2004, 63(4), 323-328; McKee et al., Brain, 2013, 136(Pt 1 ), 43-64; Puschmann et al., Parkinsonism Relat. Disord. 2012, 18S1 , S24-S27; Usenovic et al., J. Neurosci. 2012, 32(12), 4240-4246; Winder-Rhodes et al., Mov. Disord. 2012, 27(2), 312-315; Ferman et al., J. Int. Neuropsychol. Soc. 2002, 8(7), 907-914; Smith et al., J. Pathol. 2014; 232:509-521 , Lippa et al., Ann Neurol. 1999 Mar; 45(3):353-7; Schmitz et al., Mol. Neurobiol. 2018 Aug 22; Charles et al., Neurosci. Lett. 2000 Jul 28; 289(1 ):29-32; Wilhelmsen et al., Arch Neurol. 2004 Mar; 61(3):398-406; Yamaguchi et al., J. Neuropathol. Exp. Neurol. 2004, 80th annual meeting, vol. 63; Askanas et al., J. Neuropathol. Exp. Neurol. 2000 Jul; 59(7):592-8).
Alpha-synuclein is a 140 amino acid natively unfolded protein (Iwai et al., Biochemistry 1995, 34(32), 10139-10145). The sequence of alpha-synuclein can be divided into three main domains: 1 ) the N- terminal region comprising of residues 1-60, which contains the 11-mer amphipatic imperfect repeat residues with highly conserved hexamer (KTKEGV). This region has been implicated in regulating alpha-synuclein binding to membranes and its internalization; 2) the hydrophobic Non Amyloid beta Component (NAC) domain spanning residues 61-95; which is essential for alpha-synuclein fibrillization; and 3) the C-terminal region spanning residues 96-140 which is highly acidic and prolinerich and has no distinct structural propensity. Alpha-synuclein has been shown to undergo several posttranslational modifications, including truncations, phosphorylation, ubiquitination, oxidation
and/or transglutaminase covalent cross linking (Fujiwara et al., Nat. Cell. Biol. 2002, 4(2); 160-164; Hasegawa et al., J. Biol. Chem. 2002, 277(50), 49071-49076; Li et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U S A 2005, 102(6), 2162-2167; Oueslati et al., Prog. Brain Res. 2010, 183, 115-145; Schmid et al., J. Biol. Chem. 2009, 284(19), 13128-13142). Interestingly, the majority of these modifications involve residues within the C-terminal region.
Several phosphorylation sites have been detected in the carboxyl-terminal region on Tyr-125, -133, and -136, and on Ser-129 (Negro et al., FASEB J. 2002, 16(2), 210-212). Tyr-125 residues can be phosphorylated by two Src family protein tyrosine kinases, c-Src and Fyn (Ellis et al., J. Biol. Chem.
2001 , 276(6), 3879-3884; Nakamura et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 2001 , 280(4), 1085- 1092). Phosphorylation by Src family kinases does not suppress or enhance the tendency of alpha- synuclein to polymerize. Alpha-synuclein has proved to be an outstanding substrate for protein tyrosine kinase p72syk (Syk) in vitro-, once it is extensively Tyr-phosphorylated by Syk or tyrosine kinases with similar specificity, it loses the ability to form oligomers, suggesting a putative anti- neurodegenerative role for these tyrosine kinases (Negro et al., FASEB J. 2002, 16(2), 210-212). Alpha-synuclein can be Ser-phosphorylated by protein kinases CKI and CKII (Okochi et al., J. Biol. Chem. 2000, 275(1 ), 390-397). The residue Ser-129 is also phosphorylated by G-protein-coupled receptor protein kinases (Pronin et al., J. Biol. Chem. 2000, 275(34), 26515-26522). Extensive and selective phosphorylation of alpha-synuclein at Ser-129 is evident in synucleinopathy lesions, including Lewy bodies (Fujiwara et al., Nat. Cell. Biol. 2002, 4(2); 160-164). Other post-translational modifications in the carboxyl-terminal, including glycosylation on Ser-129 (McLean et al., Neurosci. Lett. 2002, 323(3), 219-223) and nitration on Tyr-125, -133, and -136 (Takahashi et al., Brain Res.
2002, 938(1-2), 73-80), may affect aggregation of alpha-synuclein. Truncation of the carboxyl- terminal region by proteolysis has been reported to play a role in alpha-synuclein fibrillogenesis in various neurodegenerative diseases (Rochet et al., Biochemistry 2000, 39(35), 10619-10626). Full- length as well as partially truncated and insoluble aggregates of alpha-synuclein have been detected in highly purified Lewy bodies (Crowther et al., FEBS Lett. 1998, 436(3), 309-312).
Abnormal protein aggregation appears to be a common feature in aging brain and in several neurodegenerative diseases (Trojanowski et al., 1998, Cell Death Differ. 1998, 5(10), 832-837, Koo et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 1999, 96(18), 9989-9990, Hu et al., Chin. Sci. Bull. 2001 , 46, 1-3); although a clear role in the disease process remains to be defined. In in vitro models, alpha-synuclein (or some of its truncated forms) readily assembles into filaments resembling those isolated from the brain of patients with Lewy Body (LB) dementia and familiar PD (Crowther et al., FEBS Lett. 1998, 436(3), 309-312). Alpha-synuclein and its mutated forms (A53T and A30P) have a random coil
conformation and do not form significant secondary structures in aqueous solution at low concentrations; however, at higher concentrations they are prone to self-aggregate, producing amyloid fibrils (Wood et al., J. Biol. Chem. 1999, 274(28), 19509-19512). Several differences in the aggregation behavior of the PD-linked mutants and the wild-type protein have been documented. Monomeric alpha-synuclein aggregates in vitro form stable fibrils via a metastable oligomeric (i.e., protofibril) state (Voiles et al., Biochemistry 2002, 41(14), 4595-4602).
Parkinson’s disease (PD) is the most common neurodegenerative motor disorder. PD is mainly an idiopathic disease, although in at least 5% of the PD patients the pathology is linked to mutations in one or several specific genes. Several point mutations have been described in the alpha-synuclein gene (A30P, E46K, H50Q, G51 D, A53T) which cause familial PD with autosomal dominant inheritance. Furthermore, duplications and triplications of the alpha-synuclein gene have been described in patients that developed PD, underlining the role of alpha-synuclein in PD pathogenesis (Lesage et al., Hum. Mol. Genet., 2009, 18, R48-59). The pathogenesis of PD remains elusive. However, growing evidence suggests a role for the pathogenic folding of the alpha-synuclein protein that leads to the formation of amyloid-like fibrils. Indeed, the hallmarks of PD are the presence of intracellular alpha-synuclein aggregate structures called Lewy Bodies and neurites mainly in the nigral neurons, as well as the death of dopaminergic neurons in the substantia nigra and elsewhere. Alpha-synuclein is a natively unfolded presynaptic protein that can misfold and aggregate into larger oligomeric and fibrillar forms which are linked to the pathogenesis of PD. Recent studies have implicated small soluble oligomeric and protofibrillar forms of alpha-synuclein as the most neurotoxic species (Lashuel et al., J. Mol. Biol., 2002, 322, 1089-102). However, the precise role of alpha- synuclein in the neuronal cell toxicity remains to be clarified (review: Cookson, Annu. Rev. Biochem., 2005, 74, 29-52).
Besides Parkinson's disease, the accumulation of aggregated alpha-synuclein into Lewy bodies is a characteristic of all Lewy body diseases, including Parkinson’s disease with dementia (PDD), and dementia with Lewy bodies (DLB) (Capouch et al., Neurol. Ther. 2018, 7, 249-263). In DLB, Lewy Bodies are diffusely distributed throughout the cortices of the brain and in addition to Lewy bodies and neurites, more threads and dot-like structures (Lewy dots) were found to be immunopositive for alpha-synuclein phosphorylated at Ser-129 (Outeiro et al., Mol. Neurodegener. 2019, 14, 5).
Alpha-synuclein aggregates are also found in multiple system atrophy (MSA). MSA is a rare and sporadic neurodegenerative disorder that manifests with rapidly progressive autonomic and motor dysfunction, as well as variable cognitive decline. Such disorders include Shy-Drager syndrome,
striatonigral degeneration and olivopontocerebellar atrophy. The disease can be clinically subclassified in parkinsonian (MSA-P) or cerebellar (MSA-C) variant, depending on the predominant motor phenotype (Fanciulli et al., N. Engl. J. Med. 2015; 372, 249-63). It is characterized by the aggregation of alpha-synuclein in the cytoplasm of oligodendrocytes, forming glial cytoplasmic inclusions (GCIs). GCIs, consisting primarily of fibrillary forms of alpha-synuclein, are the neuropathological hallmark of MSA and are found throughout the neocortex, hippocampus, brainstem, spinal cord and dorsal root ganglia (Galvin et al., Arch Neurol. 2001 , 58,186-90). GCIs are considered a central player in the pathogenesis of MSA. A correlation between the GCI load and the degree of neuronal loss has been reported in both the striatonigral and the olivopontocerebellar regions (Stefanova et al., Neuropathol. Appl. Neurobiol. 2016, 42, 20-32).
Furthermore, a causative link between GCIs and the induction of neuronal loss has been shown in transgenic mice overexpressing human alpha-synuclein in oligodendrocytes under various oligodendroglia-specific promoters. A key event in the pathophysiological cascade is considered to be the permissive templating ('prion-like' propagation) of misfolded alpha-synuclein.
The diagnosis of Parkinson’s disease is largely clinical and depends on the presence of a specific set of symptoms and signs (the initial core feature being bradykinesia, rigidity, rest tremor and postural instability), the absence of atypical features, a slowly progressive course, and the response to a symptomatic drug therapy, mainly limited to a dopamine replacement therapy. The accurate diagnosis requires sophisticated clinical skills and is open to a degree of subjectivity and error, as several other degenerative and non-degenerative diseases can mimic PD symptoms (multiple system atrophy (MSA), progressive supranuclear palsy (PSP), Alzheimer’s disease (AD), essential tremor, dystonic tremor), (Guideline No. 113: Diagnosis and pharmacological management of Parkinson’s disease, January 2010. SIGN). The final confirmation of the pathology can only be made by post-mortem neuropathological analysis.
Computed tomography (CT) and conventional magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) brain scans of people with Parkinson’s disease (PD) usually appear normal. These techniques are nevertheless useful to rule out other diseases that can be secondary causes of parkinsonism, such as basal ganglia tumors, vascular pathology and hydrocephalus. A specific technique of MRI, diffusion MRI, has been reported to be useful at discriminating between typical and atypical parkinsonism, although its exact diagnostic value is still under investigation. Dopaminergic function in the basal ganglia can be measured with different PET and SPECT radiotracers. Examples are ioflupane (123l) (trade name DaTSCAN) and iometopane (Dopascan) for SPECT or fluorodeoxyglucose (18F) (18F-FDG) and
dihydrotetrabenazine (11C) (11C-DTBZ) for PET, A pattern of reduced dopaminergic activity in the basal ganglia can aid in diagnosing PD, particularly in the symptomatic stage (Brooks, J. Nucl. Med., 2010, 51 , 596-609; Redmond, Neuroscientist, 2002, 8, 457-88; Wood, Nat. Rev. Neurol., 2014, 10, 305).
Strategies are being developed to apply recent advances in understanding the potential causes of Parkinson’s disease to the development of biochemical biomarkers (Schapira Curr. Opin. Neurol. 2013; 26(4):395-400). Such biomarkers that have been investigated in different body fluids (cerebrospinal fluid (CSF), plasma, saliva) include alpha-synuclein levels but also DJ-1 , Tau and Abeta, as well as neurofilaments proteins, interleukins, osteopontin and hypocrontin (Schapira Curr. Opin. Neurol. 2013; 26(4):395-400), but so far none of these biomarkers alone or in combination can be used as a determinant diagnostic test. To our knowledge, no approved alpha-synuclein diagnostic agent is currently on the market despite a crucial need for Parkinson's disease research and drug development (Eberling et al., J Parkinsons Dis. 2013; 3(4):565-7).
The ability to image alpha-synuclein deposition in the brain would be a huge achievement for alpha- synucleopathies research, including Parkinson’s disease (PD) and MSA research, diagnosis, and drug development. The accumulation of aggregated alpha-synuclein in the brain is considered a key pathological hallmark of PD and MSA and can start many years before the appearance of the symptoms. Therefore, alpha-synuclein is a priority target for drug development given not only its likely contribution to neurodegeneration but also because it can offer the possibility to treat the disease while still in the asymptomatic or prodromal stages. In vivo imaging of alpha-synuclein pathology could be useful as a biomarker to (i) detect the presence of the disease potentially in early stages, (ii) to evaluate disease progression and (iii) to be used as a pharmacodynamics tool for drug development. The development of an alpha-synuclein PET imaging agent is considered nowadays key for an accurate diagnosis of synucleinopathies as well as to support the clinical development of therapeutics targeting alpha-synuclein, starting from the optimal selection of the trial population (Eberling, Dave and Frasier, J. Parkinson's Disease, 3, 565-567 (2013)).
Only recently, the first non-invasive images of pathological alpha-synuclein (a-syn) in human brain were reported and presented positive clinical proof-of-concept data for an a-syn positron emission tomography (PET) tracer, as an imaging agent to identify MSA patients (Capotosti F.; Discovery of a novel and promising PET-tracer for alpha-synuclein; Oral presentation; ADPD 2022 International Conference; Barcelona, Spain; March 18, 2022; Smith R.; Initial scans using a novel PET-tracer for
alpha-synuclein; Oral presentation; ADPD 2022 International Conference; Barcelona, Spain; March 18, 2022).
There is a clear need to find molecular probes with high alpha-synuclein selectivity which recognize and bind to the pathological alpha-synuclein. In order to minimize background signal interference resulting from non-specific off-target binding and to reduce dosing requirements, alpha-synuclein imaging compounds should bind with high affinity and selectivity to their target.
For imaging of alpha-synuclein aggregates associated with neurological diseases such as Parkinson's Disease or multiple system atrophy, imaging compounds need to penetrate the blood brain barrier and pass into the relevant regions of the brain. For targeting intracellular amyloid-like inclusions such as alpha-synuclein, cell permeability is a further requirement of imaging compounds. A further prerequisite in order to avoid unnecessary accumulation of the compound which may result in increased risk of unwanted side-effects is a fast compound wash-out from the brain (or other targeting organ).
WO 2011/128455 refers to specific compounds which are suitable for treating disorders associated with amyloid proteins or amyloid-like proteins. US 2012/0302755 relates to certain imaging agents for detecting neurological dysfunction. Further compounds for the diagnosis of neurodegenerative disorders on the olfactory epithelium are discussed in WO 2012/037928.
WO 2010/063701 refers to a certain in vivo imaging agent for use in a method to determine the presence of, or susceptibility to, Parkinson's disease, wherein the in vivo imaging agent comprises an alpha-synuclein binder labelled with an in vivo imaging moiety, and wherein the in vivo imaging agent binds to alpha-synuclein with a binding affinity.
US 2014/0142089 relates to a method for preventing or treating a degenerative brain disease, the method comprising administering to a subject in need thereof an effective amount of a pharmaceutical composition comprising a specific compound, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, an isomer, a solvate, a hydrate, and a combination thereof.
WO 2009/155017 describes aryl or heteroaryl substituted azabenzoxazole derivatives, which are stated to be useful as tracers in positron emission tomography (PET) imaging to study amyloid deposits in the brain in vivo to allow diagnosis of Alzheimer's disease.
WO 2016/033445 refers to a specific compound for imaging huntingtin protein.
WO 2017/153601 , WO 2019/234243 and WO 2021/224489 refer to bicyclic compounds for imaging alpha-synuclein aggregates.
There remains a need for a new class of imaging compounds that bind with reasonably high affinity to alpha-synuclein.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present invention provides compounds that can be employed in diagnosing a disease, disorder or abnormality associated with alpha-synuclein aggregates, such as Parkinson's disease or MSA, prognosing such a disease, disorder or abnormality, and monitoring the progression of such a disease, disorder or abnormality. In particular, the compounds should be suitable for determining a predisposition to such a disease, disorder or abnormality, monitoring the progression of the disease, disorder or abnormality, or predicting the responsiveness of a patient who is suffering from such a disease, disorder or abnormality to the treatment with a certain medicament. Furthermore, the compounds should be suitable for positron emission tomography (PET) imaging of a disease, disorder or abnormality associated with alpha-synuclein aggregates and / or detecting and optionally quantifying alpha-synuclein aggregates.
Various embodiments of the invention are described herein.
Within a certain aspect, provided herein is a compound of formula (I):
or a detectably labelled compound, stereoisomer, racemic mixture, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein is a 6-membered heteroaryl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl;
R1 is a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, halo C1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, NR4R5, or C1-C4alkyl; or
R1 is halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, halo C1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, NR4R5, or C1-C4alkyl; or
R1 is -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or -C3-C6cycloalkyl, wherein the C3-C6cycloalkyl of -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or -C3-C6cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with at least one halo;
R2 is a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, and C1-C4alkyl; and R4 and R5 are independently selected from H, C1-C4alkyl and haloC1-C4alkyl.
Within a certain aspect, provided herein is a compound of formula (I):
or a detectably labelled compound, stereoisomer, racemic mixture, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein
J is a 6-membered heteroaryl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl ;
R1 is a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo; or
R1 is halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl; or
R1 is -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or -C3-C6cycloalkyl, wherein the C3-C6cycloalkyl of -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or -C3-C6cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with at least one halo; and
R2 is a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, and C1-C4alkyl.
In another aspect, the invention is also directed to a compound having the following subformula (la)
or a detestably labelled compound, stereoisomer, racemic mixture, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein
R1 and R2 are defined above, R3 is halo, or C1-C4alkyl; and q is 0, 1 or 2.
In one aspect, the present invention provides a diagnostic composition comprising a compound of formula (I), and optionally at least one pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, carrier, diluent and/or adjuvant.
In one aspect, the present invention provides a compound of formula (I), or a diagnostic composition as defined herein, which can be used in the imaging of alpha-synuclein aggregates.
In another aspect, the compound of formula (I), or the diagnostic composition can be for use in positron emission tomography imaging of alpha-synuclein aggregates.
In another aspect, the compound of formula (I) or the diagnostic composition, as defined herein, can be for use for in vitro imaging, ex vivo imaging, or in vivo imaging, preferably the use is for in vivo imaging, more preferably the use is for brain imaging.
In yet another aspect, the compound of formula (I) or the diagnostic composition, as defined herein, can be for use in diagnosis.
In a further aspect, the present invention refers to a method of diagnosing a disease, disorder or abnormality associated with alpha-synuclein aggregates in a subject, the method comprising the steps:
(a) Administering a compound of formula (I), or a diagnostic composition which comprises a compound of formula (I), as defined herein, to the subject;
(b) Allowing the compound to bind to the alpha-synuclein aggregates; and
(c) Detecting the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates.
In another aspect, the present invention refers to a method of positron emission tomography (PET) imaging of alpha-synuclein aggregates in a tissue of a subject, the method comprising the steps:
(a) Administering a compound of formula (I), or a diagnostic composition which comprises a compound of formula (I), as defined herein to the subject;
(b) Allowing the compound to bind to the alpha-synuclein aggregates; and
(c) Detecting the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates by collecting a positron emission tomography (PET) image of the tissue of the subject.
In a further aspect, the present invention is directed to a method for the detection and optionally quantification of alpha-synuclein aggregates in a tissue of a subject, the method comprising the steps:
(a) Bringing a sample or a specific body part or body area suspected to contain alpha-synuclein aggregates into contact with a compound of formula (I), or a diagnostic composition which comprises a compound of formula (I), as defined herein;
(b) Allowing the compound to bind to the alpha-synuclein aggregates;
(c) Detecting the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates; and
(d) Optionally quantifying the amount of the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates.
The present invention is also directed to a method of collecting data for the diagnosis of a disease, disorder or abnormality associated with alpha-synuclein aggregates wherein the method comprises the steps:
(a) Bringing a sample or a specific body part or body area suspected to contain alpha-synuclein aggregates into contact with a compound of the formula (I), or a diagnostic composition which comprises a compound of formula (I), as defined herein;
(b) Allowing the compound to bind to the alpha-synuclein aggregates;
(c) Detecting the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates; and
(d) Optionally correlating the presence or absence of the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates with the presence or absence of the alpha-synuclein aggregates in the sample or specific body part or body area.
The present invention also refers to a method of collecting data for determining a predisposition to a disease, disorder or abnormality associated with alpha-synuclein aggregates, the method comprising the steps:
(a) Bringing a sample or a specific body part or body area suspected to contain alpha-synuclein aggregates into contact with a compound of the formula (I), or a diagnostic composition which comprises a compound of formula (I), as defined herein;
(b) Allowing the compound to bind to the alpha-synuclein aggregates;
(c) Detecting the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates; and
(d) Optionally correlating the presence or absence of the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates with the presence or absence of the alpha-synuclein aggregates in the sample or specific body part or body area.
In a further aspect, the present invention also relates to a method of collecting data for prognosing a disease, disorder or abnormality associated with alpha-synuclein aggregates, wherein the method comprises the steps:
(a) Bringing a sample, a specific body part or body area suspected to contain alpha-synuclein aggregates into contact with a compound of the formula (I), or a diagnostic composition which comprises a compound of formula (I), as defined herein;
(b) Allowing the compound to bind to the alpha-synuclein aggregates;
(c) Detecting the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates;
(d) Optionally correlating the presence or absence of the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates with the presence or absence of the alpha-synuclein in the sample or specific body part or body area; and
(e) Optionally repeating steps (a) to (c) and, if present, optional step (d) at least one time.
In another aspect, the present invention is directed to a method of collecting data for monitoring the progression of a disease, disorder or abnormality associated with alpha-synuclein aggregates in a patient, the method comprising the steps:
(a) Bringing a sample, a specific body part or body area suspected to contain alpha-synuclein aggregates into contact with the compound of the formula (I), or a diagnostic composition which comprises a compound of formula (I), as defined herein;
(b) Allowing the compound to bind to the alpha-synuclein aggregates;
(c) Detecting the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates;
(d) Optionally correlating the presence or absence of the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates with the presence or absence of the alpha-synuclein in the sample or specific body part or body area; and
(e) Optionally repeating steps (a) to (c) and, if present, optional step (d) at least one time.
In a further aspect, the present invention relates to a method of collecting data for predicting responsiveness of a patient suffering from a disease, disorder or abnormality associated with alpha- synuclein aggregates to a medicament, the method comprising the steps:
(a) Bringing a sample, a specific body part or body area suspected to contain alpha-synuclein aggregates into contact with a compound of formula (I), or a diagnostic composition which comprises a compound of formula (I), as defined herein;
(b) Allowing the compound to bind to the alpha-synuclein aggregates;
(c) Detecting the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates;
(d) Optionally correlating the presence or absence of the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates with the presence or absence of the aipha-synuclein aggregates in the sample or specific body part or body area; and
(e) Optionally repeating steps (a) to (c) and, if present, optional step (d) at least one time.
In another aspect, the invention is further directed to a compound of formula (lll-F):
or a stereoisomer, racemic mixture, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein is a 6-membered heteroaryl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl;
R1F is a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl, which is optionally substituted with at least one C1-C4alkoxy, NR4R5, or C1-C4alkyl, preferably wherein R1F is a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl; or
R1F is C1-C4alkoxy, NR4R5, or C1-C4alkyl, preferably R1F is C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl; or
R1F is -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or Cs-Cacycloalkyl; and
R2 is a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, and C1-C4alkyl ;
R4 and R5 are independently selected from H, and C1-C4alkyl;
LG is a leaving group; and n is at least 1 (e.g., 1 , or 2 or 3), preferably 1.
In a preferred aspect, the invention refers to a compound of formula (lll-F)
or a stereoisomer, racemic mixture, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein is a 6-membered heteroaryl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl;
R1F is a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl; or
R1F is C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl; or
R1F is -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or C3-C6cycloalkyl; and
R2 is a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, and C1-C4alkyl;
LG is a leaving group; and
n is at least 1 .
In another preferred aspect, the invention refers to a compound of formula (lll-F’)
(lll-F’) or a stereoisomer, racemic mixture, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein
(A) is a 6-membered heteroaryl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or CrC4alkyl;
R1 is a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, CrC4alkoxy, NR4R5, or C1-C4alkyl; or
R1 is halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, NR4R5, or C1-C4alkyl; or
R1 is -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or -Cg-Cgcycloalkyl, wherein the C3-C6cycloalkyl of -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or -C3-C6cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with at least one halo;
R4 and R5 are independently selected from H, C1-C4alkyl and haloC1-C4alkyl; and
R2F is a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from C1-C4alkoxy, and C1-C4alkyl; and
LG is a leaving group.
A further aspect of the invention relates to a compound of formula (l-F)
or a stereoisomer, racemic mixture, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein
(A ) is a 6-membered heteroaryl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or CrC4alkyl;
R1F is a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl, which is optionally substituted with at least one C1-C4alkoxy, NR4R5, or C1-C4alkyl, preferably R1F is a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl; or
R1F is C1-C4alkoxy, NR4R5, or C1-C4alkyl, preferably R1F is C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl; or
R1F is -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or C3-C6cycloalkyl; and
R2 is a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, and C1-C4alkyl;
R4 and R5 are independently selected from H, and C1-C4alkyl; and n is at least 1 (e.g., 1 , 2 or 3), preferably 1.
In a preferred aspect, the invention is direct to a compound of formula (l-F)
or a stereoisomer, racemic mixture, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein
6^) is a 6-membered heteroaryl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl;
R1F is a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyi; or
R1F is C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl; or
R1F is -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or C3-C6cycloalkyl; and
R2 is a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, and C1-C4alkyl; and n is at least 1 , preferably 1.
In a further aspect the invention is directed to a compound a compound of formula (l-F’):
or a stereoisomer, racemic mixture, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein
^-2 is a 6-membered heteroaryl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl;
R1 is a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyi which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, NR4R5, or C1-C4alkyl; or
R1 is halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, NR4R5, or C1-C4alkyl; or
R1 is -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or -C3-C6cycloalkyl, wherein the C3-C6cycloalkyl of -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or -C3-C6cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with at least one halo;
R4 and R5 are independently selected from H, C1-C4alkyl and haloC1-C4alkyl; and
R2F is a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from C1-C4alkoxy, and C1-C4alkyl.
In another aspect, the invention is further directed to a compound of formula (lll-H)
or a stereoisomer, racemic mixture, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein
(A) is a 6-membered heteroaryl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl;
R1 is a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, NR4R5, or C1-C4alkyl, preferably R1 is a 4- to 6- membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo; or
R1 is halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, NR4R5, or C1-C4alkyl, preferably halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C-i-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl; or
R1 is -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or -C3-C6cycloalkyl, wherein the C3-C6cycloalkyl of -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or -C3-C6cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with at least one halo; and
R2 is a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, and C1-C4alkyl;
R4 and R5 are independently selected from H, CrC4alkyl and haloC1-C4alkyl;
X is bromo, chloro or iodo; m is 0, 1 , 2 or 3; p is 0, 1 , 2 or 3; and with the proviso that the compound of formula (lll-H) comprises at least one X.
In a preferred embodiment, a compound of formula (lll-H) is defined
or a stereoisomer, racemic mixture, pharmaceuticaliy acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein is a 6-membered heteroaryl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl;
R1 is a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo; or
R1 is halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloCi^alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl; or
R1 is -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or -C3-C6cycloalkyl, wherein the C3-C6cycloalkyl of -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or
-C3-C6cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with at least one halo; and
R2 is a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, and C1-C4alkyl;
X is bromo, chloro or iodo; m is 0, 1 , 2 or 3; p is 0, 1 , 2 or 3; and with the proviso that the compound of formula (II l-H) comprises at least one X.
In another aspect, the invention is further directed to a compound of formula (l-H)
or a stereoisomer, racemic mixture, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, is a 6-membered heteroaryl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl;
R1 is a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, NR4R5, or C1-C4alkyl, preferably R1 is a 4- to 6- membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo; or
R1 is halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, NR4R5, or C1-C4alkyl, preferably halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl; or
R1 is -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or -C3-C6cycloalkyl, wherein the C3-C6cycloalkyl of -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or -C3-C6cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with at least one halo; and
R2 is a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, and C1-C4alkyl;
R4 and R5 are independently selected from H, C1-C4alkyl and haloC1-C4alkyl;
Y is D, CDs, T or CT3; m is 0, 1 , 2 or 3; p is 0, 1 , 2 or 3; with the proviso that the compound of formula (l-H) comprises at least one D, CD3, T or CT3, wherein D is 2H (deuterium) and T is 3H (Tritium). In one embodiment, the compound of formula (l-H) comprises at least one T or CT3. In one embodiment, the compound of formula (l-H) comprises at least one D or CD3.
In a preferred aspect, the invention relates to a compound of formula (l-H)
or a stereoisomer, racemic mixture, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof,
CA) is a 6-membered heteroaryl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloCrC4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl;
R1 is a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo; or
R1 is halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl; or
R1 is -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or -C3-Cecycloalkyl, wherein the C3-C6cycloalkyl of -NH-C3-Cecycloalkyl or -C3-C6cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with at least one halo; and
R2 is a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, and C1-C4alkyl;
Y is D, CD3, T or CT3; m is 0, 1 , 2 or 3; p is 0, 1 , 2 or 3; with the proviso that the compound of formula (l-H) comprises at least one D, CD3, T or CT3, wherein D is Deuterium and T is 3H (Tritium).
In another aspect, the invention is further directed to a method of preparing a compound of formula (l-F) by reacting a compound of formula (lll-F) with a 18F-fluorinating agent (e.g., K18F, Rb18F, Cs18F, Na18F, tetra(Ci-6alkyl)ammonium salt of 18F, Kryptofix[222]18F, tetrabutylammonium [18F]fluoride or any other suitable agents), so that the Leaving Group (LG) is replaced by 18F.
In another aspect, the invention is further directed to a method of preparing a compound of formula (l-H) by reacting the compound of formula (lll-H) with a 3H radiolabelling agent (e.g., tritium gas or any other suitable agents), so that X is replaced by T or CT3.
In another aspect, the invention is further directed to a method of preparing a compound of formula (l-H) by reacting the compound of formula (lll-H) with a 2H radiolabelling agent comprising D, (e.g., D2O, D4-methanol or any other suitable agents) preferably in the presence of a catalyst like Pd/C, so that X is replaced by D or CD3 (D is deuterium).
In another aspect, the invention is further directed to the use of the compound of formula (I) as an in vitro analytical reference or an in vitro screening tool.
In another aspect, the invention is further directed to a test kit for detection and/or diagnosis of a disease, disorder or abnormality associated with alpha-synuclein aggregates, wherein the test kit comprises at least one compound of formula (I) as defined herein, preferably at least one detectably labelled compound, more preferably at least one compound of formula (l-F) or (l-H).
The invention is further directed to a kit for preparing a radiopharmaceutical preparation, wherein the kit comprises a sealed vial containing at least one compound of formula (lll-F) or (lll-H).
DEFINITIONS
For the purpose of interpreting this specification, the following definitions will apply unless specified otherwise, and when appropriate, terms used in the singular will also include the plural and vice versa. It must also be noted that as used herein and in the appended claims, the singular forms "a", "an" and "the" include plural referents unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Thus, for example, reference to "the compound" includes reference to one or more compounds; and so forth.
The term "C1-C4alkyl" refers to a saturated straight or branched hydrocarbon chain consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen atoms, containing no unsaturation, having from one to four carbon atoms, and which is attached to the rest of the molecule by a single bond. Examples of suitable alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, 1 -methylethyl, n-butyl, t-butyl and isobutyl.
The term "C1-C4alkoxy" refers to a radical of the formula -ORa where Ra is a C1-C4alkyl radical as generally defined above. Examples of C1-C4alkoxy include, but are not limited to, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, and isobutoxy.
The term "halogenC1-C4alkyl" or "haloC1-C4alkyl" refer to a C1-C4alkyl radical as defined above, substituted with one or more (e.g., 1 , 2 or 3, preferably 1 or 2, more preferably 1) halo radicals as defined below. Examples of "haloC1-C4alkyl" include, but are not limited to, trifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, fluoromethyl, trichloromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 1 ,3-dibromopropan-2-yl, 3-bromo-2- fluoropropyl and 1 ,4,4-trifluorobutan-2-yl.
The term "halogenC1-C4alkoxy" refers to a C1-C4alkoxy radical as defined above, substituted with one or more (e.g., 1 , 2 or 3, preferably 1 or 2, more preferably 1 ) halo radicals as defined below. Examples of "haloC1-C4alkoxy" include, but are not limited to, trifluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy, fluoromethoxy, 2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy, 3,3,3-trifluoropropoxy, 4,4,4-trifluorobutoxy, 2,2-difluorobutoxy, and 4-bromobutoxy.
The term "heterocyclyl" refers to a stable 4- to 6-membered non-aromatic monocyclic ring radical which comprises 1 or 2 heteroatoms which are, e.g., selected from N, O or S. The heterocyclyl group can be unsaturated or saturated. The heterocyclyl radical may be bonded via a carbon atom or a heteroatom. Examples include, but are not limited to, azetidinyl, oxetanyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolidyl, tetrahydrofuryl, tetrahydrothienyl, piperidyl, piperazinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, or morpholinyl, preferably azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, or piperidyl, more preferably pyrrolidinyl.
The term "heteroaryl" refers to a 5- or 6-membered aromatic monocyclic ring, which comprises 1 , 2, or 3 heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S. The heteroaryl radical may be bonded via a carbon atom or heteroatom selected from N, O and S. Examples of heteroaryl include, but are not limited to, thiopyranyl, dioxanyl, pyranyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidyl, isothiazolyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl or pyridyl, with pyridyl, isothiazolyl, pyrazolyl, and thiazolyl being preferred.
The term "Hal" or "halogen" or "Halo" refers to F, Cl, Br, and I. With respect to diagnostic and pharmaceutical applications, F (e.g., 19F and 18F) is particularly preferred.
The term “leaving group” (LG) as employed herein is any leaving group and means an atom or group of atoms that can be replaced by another atom or group of atoms. Examples are given e.g. in Synthesis (1982), p. 85-125, table 2, Carey and Sundberg, Organische Synthese, (1995), page 279-
281 , table 5.8; or Netscher, Recent Res. Dev. Org. Chem., 2003, 7, 71-83, schemes 1 , 2, 10 and 15 and others). (Coenen, Fluorine-18 Labeling Methods: Features and Possibilities of Basic Reactions, (2006), in: Schubiger P.A., Friebe M., Lehmann L., (eds), PET-Chemistry - The Driving Force in Molecular Imaging. Springer, Berlin Heidelberg, pp.15-50, explicitly: scheme 4 pp. 25, scheme 5 pp 28, table 4 pp 30, Figure 7 pp 33). Preferably, the "leaving group" (LG) is selected from halogen, C1-C4 alkylsulfonate and C6-C10arylsulfonate, wherein the Ce-Cwarylsulfonate can be optionally substituted with -CH3 or -NO2.
Unless specified otherwise, the term “compound of the invention” refers to a compound of formula (I), or of subformulae thereof (e.g. (la), (l-F), (l-H*), (l-H)), or a detectably labelled compound, stereoisomer (including diastereomeric mixtures and individual diastereomer, enantiomeric mixture and single enantiomer, mixture of conformers and single conformer), racemic mixture, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof. It is understood that every reference to a compound of formula (I) also covers the subformulae thereof (e.g. (la), (l-F), (l-H*), (l-H)). The compounds of the formulae (II l-F) and (I I l-H) will be referred to as the precursors of the compounds of the present invention.
Compounds of the present invention and their precursors having one or more optically active carbons can exist as racemates and racemic mixtures, stereoisomers (including diastereomeric mixtures and individual diastereomers, enantiomeric mixtures and single enantiomers, mixtures of conformers and single conformers), tautomers, atropoisomers, and rotamers. All isomeric forms are included in the present invention.
"Pharmaceutically acceptable salts" are defined as derivatives of the disclosed compounds wherein the parent compound is modified by making acid or base salts thereof. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, but are not limited to, mineral or organic acid salts of basic residues such as amines; alkali or organic salts of acidic residues such as carboxylic acids; and the like. The pharmaceutically acceptable salts include the conventional non-toxic salts or the quaternary ammonium salts of the parent compound formed, for example, from non-toxic inorganic or organic acids. For example, such conventional non-toxic salts include those derived from inorganic acids such as, but not limited to, hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulfuric, sulfamic, phosphoric, nitric and the like; and the salts prepared from organic acids such as, but not limited to, acetic, propionic, succinic, glycolic, stearic, lactic, malic, tartaric, citric, ascorbic, pamoic, maleic, hydroxymaleic, phenylacetic, glutamic, benzoic, salicylic, sulfanilic, 2-acetoxybenzoic, fumaric, toluenesulfonic, methanesulfonic, ethane disulfonic, oxalic, isethionic, and the like. The pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the
compounds of the present invention and their precursors can be synthesized from the parent compound which contains a basic or acidic moiety by conventional chemical methods. Generally, such salts can be prepared by reacting the free acid or base forms of these compounds with a stoichiometric amount of the appropriate base or acid in water or in an organic solvent, or in a mixture of the two. Organic solvents include, but are not limited to, nonaqueous media like ethers, ethyl acetate, ethanol, isopropanol, or acetonitrile. Lists of suitable salts can be found in Remington’s Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th ed., Mack Publishing Company, Easton, PA, 1990, p. 1445, the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference.
"Pharmaceutically acceptable" is defined as those compounds, materials, compositions, and/or dosage forms which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of human beings and animals without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
"Solvates" can be formed from the compound of the present invention and any suitable pharmaceutically acceptable solvent. Examples include C1-4 alcohols (such as methanol or ethanol).
The patients or subjects in the present invention are typically animals, particularly mammals, more particularly humans.
Alpha-synuclein aggregates are multimeric beta-sheet rich assemblies of alpha-synuclein monomers that can form either soluble oligomers or soluble/insoluble protofibrils or mature fibrils which coalesce into intracellular deposits detected as a range of Lewy pathologies in Parkinson’s disease and other synucleinopathies. Alpha-synuclein aggregates that are composing Lewy pathologies can be detected as having the following morphologies: Lewy bodies, Lewy neurites, premature Lewy bodies or pale bodies, perikaryal deposits with diffuse, granular, punctate or pleomorphic patterns. Moreover, alpha-synuclein aggregates are the major component of intracellular fibrillary inclusions detected in oligodendrocytes (also referred to as glial cytoplasmic inclusions) and in neuronal somata, axons and nuclei (referred to as neuronal cytoplasmic inclusions) that are the histological hallmarks of multiple system atrophy. Alpha-synuclein aggregates in Lewy pathologies often display substantial increase in post-translational modifications such as phosphorylation, ubiquitination, nitration, and truncation.
Lewy bodies are abnormal aggregates of protein that develop inside nerve cells in Parkinson’s disease (PD), Lewy body dementia and other synucleinopathies. Lewy bodies appear as spherical
masses that displace other cell components. Morphologically, Lewy bodies can be classified as being brainstem or cortical type. Classic brainstem Lewy bodies are eosinophilic cytoplasmic inclusions consisting of a dense core surrounded by a halo of 5-10-nm-wide radiating fibrils, the primary structural component of which is alpha-synuclein; cortical Lewy bodies differ by lacking a halo. The presence of Lewy bodies is a hallmark of Parkinson’s disease.
Lewy neurites are abnormal neuronal processes in diseased neurons, containing granular material, abnormal alpha-synuclein (a-syn) filaments similar to those found in Lewy bodies, dot-like, varicose structures and axonal spheroids. Like Lewy bodies, Lewy neurites are a feature of a- synucleinopathies such as dementia with Lewy bodies and Parkinson's disease.
Glial cytoplasmic inclusions (GCIs or Papp-Lantos bodies) are argyrophilic cytoplasmic aggregates in oligodentroglial cells composed of filamentous alpha-synuclein. Morphologically appear as triangles, half-moon or sickle shapes. In MSA, besides GCIs, inclusions composed of alpha-synuclein filaments are detected in neurons in the cytoplasm or beneath the nuclear membrane termed neuronal cytoplasmic inclusions and neuronal nuclear inclusions respectively. GCIs are recognized as the defining morphological feature of MSA; their widespread distribution is a criterion for the definite post-mortem neuropathological diagnosis of MSA.
The terms "disease", "disorder" or "abnormality" are used interchangeably herein.
The compounds of formula (I) can bind to alpha-synuclein aggregates. The type of bonding with the compounds of formula (I) has not been elucidated and any type of bonding is covered by the present invention. The wording "compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates" and the like are used interchangeably herein and are not considered to be limited to any specific type of bonding.
The preferred definitions given in the "Definition'-section apply to all of the embodiments described below unless stated otherwise. Various embodiments of the invention are described herein, it will be recognized that features specified in each embodiment may be combined with other specified features to provide further embodiments of the present invention.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
Compounds of the invention
The compounds of the present invention and their precursors are described in the following. It is to be understood that all possible combinations of the following definitions are also envisaged. It is also understood that all of the embodiments and preferred embodiments which are given with respect to the formula (I) apply analogously to the formulae (la), (lll-F), (l-F), (II l-H), (l-H) and (l-H*), etc. and vice versa. It is also understood that the preferred embodiments of which are given with respect to the formula (lll-F) apply analogously to the formula (l-F) and vice versa. It is also understood that the preferred embodiments of which are given with respect to the formula (I I l-H) apply analogously to the formula (l-H) and (l-H*), respectively, and vice versa.
The present invention relates to a compound of formula (I):
or a detectably labelled compound, stereoisomer, racemic mixture, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein is a 6-membered heteroaryl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl, if
substituted, <-^is substituted with 1 , 2 or 3, preferably 1 or 2, more preferably with 1 halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl;
R1 is a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloCr C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, NR4R5, or C1-C4alkyl, preferably R1 is a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo; or
R1 is halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, NR4R5, or C1-C4alkyl, preferably R1 is halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl; or
R1 is -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or -C3-C6cycloalkyl, wherein the C3-C6cycloalkyl of -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or -C3-C6cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with at least one halo; and
R2 is a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, and C1-C4alkyl; and R4 and R5 are independently selected from H, CrC4alkyl and haloC1-C4alkyl.
Throughout the present application, R4 and R5 are independently selected from H, C1-C4alkyl and haloC1-C4alkyl, preferably at least one of R4 and R5 is not H.
In one embodiment,
is selected from the group consisting of
which can be attached at any available position to the triazolo heterocycle;
( A-j— and wherein can be optionally substituted by one or more substituents selected from halo; haloCi-TXialkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or (XUalkyl.
( AT—
In a preferred embodiment, is selected from the group consisting of
which can be attached at any available position to the triazolo heterocycle; and wherein
can be optionally substituted by one or more substituents selected from halo; haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl.
® (A) is pyridyl which can be substituted at any available position by R1, more preferably R1-V> is
being as defined above.
In one embodiment, R1 is a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, NR4R5, or C1-C4alkyl (e.g., 1 to 3, preferably 1 or 2, more preferably 1 ). In a preferred embodiment, R1 is a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo (e.g., 1 to 3, preferably 1 or 2, more preferably 1 ). In a preferred embodiment, R1 is a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl which is substituted with at least one halo. Preferably, the heterocyclyl is substituted with at least one halo, more preferably with one or
two halo, even more preferably with one halo. In another preferred embodiment, R1 is a 4- to 6- membered heterocyclyl which is unsubstituted.
In an embodiment, R1 is selected from the following:
wherein R1’ is independently halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl; and s = 0, 1 , 2 or 3.
In one embodiment, R1 is a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl selected from the following:
wherein R1a is F or H, preferably F. In another preferred embodiment R1a is H.
Preferably, R1 is a 4- or 5-membered heterocyclyl selected from the following:
wherein R1a is F or H, preferably F. In another preferred embodiment R1a is H.
In yet another embodiment R1 is a 5-membered heterocyclyl which is: o .
In another embodiment, R1 is halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, NR4R5, or C1-C4alkyl. In an embodiment R1 is halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl. Preferably, R1 is haloC1-C4alkyl or halo, more preferably R1 is -O-(CH2)X-Hal (x = 1 to 4, preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 1 or 2, even more preferably 2), even more preferably -O-CH2-CH2-F. In another
preferred embodiment, R1 is NR4R5, preferably wherein R4 and R5 are independently selected from H, C1-C4alkyl and haloC1-C4alkyl.
In yet a further embodiment, R1 is -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or -C3-C6cycloalkyl, wherein the C3-C6cycloalkyl of -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or -C3-C6cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with at least one halo.
In each of the embodiments, F is preferably 19F or 18F.
R2 is a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, and C1-C4alkyl, preferably haloC1-C4alkyl, or C1-C4alkyl.
In preferred embodiment, R2 is a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl selected from the following:
wherein
R2a is independently selected from haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, and C1-C4alkyl;
R2b is selected from H, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, and C1-C4alkyl; and s is 0, 1 or 2 (preferably 0 or 1 , more preferably 0). In another preferred embodiment s is 1 .
R2b is selected from haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, alkoxy, H or C1-C4alkyl, preferably H, haloC1-C4alkyl (preferably wherein halo is F) or C1-C4alkyl, preferably H or C1-C4alkyl.
In another preferred embodiment, the invention provides a compound having the formula (la):
or a detectably labelled compound, stereoisomer, racemic mixture, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein R1 and R2 are as defined above, and R3 is halo, or C1-C4alkyl; and q is 0, 1 or 2.
In one embodiment, the present invention provides a compound of formula (I), wherein the compound is selected from
or a detectably labelled compound, stereoisomer, racemic mixture, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof. In one embodiment, the present invention provides a compound of formula (I), wherein the compound is selected from
or a detectably labelled compound, stereoisomer, racemic mixture, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof.
In one embodiment, the present invention provides a compound of formula (I) which is a detectably labelled compound. The detectable label can be a radioisotope. In one embodiment, the compound of formula (I) comprises at least one radioisotope. Preferably, the detectable label is a radioisotope selected from 18F, 2H and 3H. Most preferably, the radioisotope is selected from 18F and 3H.
In another embodiment, the present invention provides a compound of formula (I) wherein R1 is -O-CH2-CH2-18F.
In another embodiment, the present invention provides a compound of formula (I) wherein Rz is
, wherein R2b is -CH2-CH2-18F or -CH2-CH2-CH2-18F.
In one embodiment the present invention provides a compound of formula (I), wherein the compound is a detectably labelled compound of formula (l-F):
or a stereoisomer, racemic mixture, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein is a 6-membered heteroaryl; which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl;
R1F is a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl, which is optionally substituted with at least one C1-C4alkoxy, NR4R5, or C1-C4alkyl, preferably a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl; or
R1F is C1-C4alkoxy, NR4R5, or C1-C4alkyl, preferably C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl; or
R1F is -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or -C3-C6cycloalkyl, and
R2 is a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, and C1-C4alkyl;
R4 and R5 are independently selected from H, and C1-C4alkyl; and n is at least 1 (e.g., 1, 2 or 3), preferably 1.
In one embodiment, R1F is -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl, C3-C6cycloalkyl, C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl or heterocyclyl. Preferably -R1F-(18F)n is selected from the following:
wherein R1’ is 18F; and s = 1 , 2 or 3, preferably s = 1.
In a preferred embodiment, -R1F-(18F)n is selected from the following:
More preferably, -R1F-(18F)n is selected from the following:
In another embodiment, -R1F-(18F)n is -O-(CH2)X-18F (x = 1 to 4, preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 1 or 2, even more preferably 2), even more preferably -O-CH2-CH2-18F.
In another embodiment the present invention provides a compound of formula (I), wherein the compound is a detectably labelled compound of formula (l-F’):
or a stereoisomer, racemic mixture, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein is a 6-membered heteroaryl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl;
R1 is a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloCr
C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, NR4R5, or C1-C4alkyl; or
R1 is halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, NR4R5, or C1-C4alkyl; or
R1 is -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or -C3-C6cycloalkyl, wherein the C3-C6cycloalkyl of -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or -C3-C6cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with at least one halo;
R4 and R5 are independently selected from H, C1-C4alkyl and haloC1-C4alkyl; and
R2F is a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from C1-C4alkoxy.
The detectably labelled compound of formula (l-F) or (l-F’) comprises at least one 18F. Preferably, the detectably labelled compound of formula (l-F) or (l-F’) comprises one 18F.
In one embodiment, the present invention provides a compound of formula (I), wherein the compound is a detectably labelled compound of formula (l-H*)
or a stereoisomer, racemic mixture, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof,
(A'
7) is a 6-membered heteroaryl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo; haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or (XUalkyl;
R1 is a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, NR4R5, or C1-C4alkyl, preferably a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo; or
R1 is halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, NR4R5, or CrC4alkyl, preferably halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl; or
R1 is -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or -C3-C6cycloalkyl, wherein the C3-C6cycloalkyl of -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or -C3-C6cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with at least one halo;
R2 is a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, and C1-C4alkyl; and R4 and R5 are independently selected from H, C1-C4alkyl and haloC1-C4alkyl; with the proviso that the compound of formula (l-H*) comprises at least one 2H (deuterium “D”) or 3H (Tritium “T”), preferably 1 , 2, or 3 D or T, even more preferably 2 or 3 D or T. Preferably, the compound of formula (l-H*) comprises at least one 3H (Tritium “T”), preferably 1 , 2, or 3 T, even more preferably 2 or 3 T. The 3H can be present as T or as -CT3. The 2H can be present as D or as -CD3.
In a preferred embodiment, the compound is a detectably labelled compound of formula (l-H)
or a stereoisomer, racemic mixture, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, is a 6-membered heteroaryl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloCrC4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl;
R1 is a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, CrC4alkoxy, NR4R5, or C1-C4alkyl, preferably a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo; or
R1 is halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, NR4R5, or CrC4alkyl, preferably halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl; or
R1 is -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or -C3-C6cycloalkyl, wherein the C3-C6cycloalkyl of -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or -C3-C6cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with at least one halo; and
R2 is a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, and CrC4alkyl;
R4 and R5 are independently selected from H, C1-C4alkyl and haloC1-C4alkyl;
Y is D, CD3, T or CT3; m is 0, 1 , 2 or 3; p is 0, 1 , 2 or 3; with the proviso that the compound of formula (l-H) comprises at least one D, CD3, T or CT3, wherein D is 2H (Deuterium) and T is 3H (Tritium). In one embodiment, the compound of formula (l-H) comprises at least one D or CD3. In another embodiment, the compound of formula (l-H) comprises at least one T or CT3.
It is understood that the deuterium or tritium can present at any available position at which a hydrogen is present. For instance, in the group R2 deuterium or tritium can be present either directly bound to the 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl (such as in the form of D or T) or can be present in the haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, and C1-C4alkyl (such as in the form of CD3 or CT3). In the 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl of R1, deuterium or tritium can be, e.g., directly bound to the 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl.
(A)
In one preferred embodiment, is a 6-membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with one halo or C1-C4alkyl and m is 1 , 2 or 3, preferably 1 .
In one embodiment, R2 is a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, and C1-C4alkyl, and p is 1 , 2 or 3, preferably 1.
R2a is independently selected from T, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, and C1-C4alkyl; R2b is selected from H, T, haloC1-C4alkyl and C1-C4alkyl, wherein haloC1-C4alkyl and C1-C4alkyl optionally comprise one or more T (preferably R2b is selected from T or CT3); and s is 0, 1 or 2 (preferably 0 or 1 , more preferably 0).
Preferably, R2a is -T, -OCH3, -CH3 or -H; and R2b is selected from -H, -T or -CT3.
R2b is selected from T, H or C1-C4alkyl (e.g., CT3), preferably T, H or C1-C4alkyl (e.g., CT3).
In a preferred embodiment, the detectably labelled compound of formula (l-H*) or (l-H) comprises one, two or three T. Preferably, the detectably labelled compound of formula (l-H*) or (l-H) comprises
one T. In another embodiment, the detectably labelled compound of formula (l-H*) or (l-H) comprises two T. In another embodiment, the detectably labelled compound of formula (l-H*) or (l-H) comprises three T such as -CT3.
In another embodiment R2 is a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl selected from the following:
wherein
R2a is independently selected from D, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, CrC4alkoxy, and C1-C4alkyl; R2b is selected from H, D, haloC1-C4alkyl and C1-C4alkyl, wherein haloC1-C4alkyl and C1-C4alkyl optionally comprise one or more D (preferably R2b is selected from D or CD3); and s is 0, 1 or 2 (preferably 0).
Preferably, R2a is -D, -OCH3, -CHsor -H; and R2b is selected from -H, -D or -CD3.
R2b is selected from D, H or C1-C4alkyl (e.g., CD3).
In one embodiment, the detectably labelled compound of formula (l-H*) or (l-H) comprises one, two or three D. Preferably, the detectably labelled compound of formula (l-H*) or (l-H) comprises one D. In another embodiment, the detectably labelled compound of formula (l-H*) or (l-H) comprises two D. In another embodiment, the detectably labelled compound of formula (l-H*) or (l-H) comprises three D such as -CD3.
In another embodiment, the invention provides a detectably labelled compound of formula (l-H*) or (l-H) wherein 3H Tritium (“T”) can be replaced by 2H Deuterium (“D”). The deuterated compound can be prepared by reacting a compound of formula (lll-H) with a 2H radiolabelling agent.
The compounds of the present invention and their precursors can be detectably labelled. The type of the label is not specifically limited and will depend on the detection method chosen. Examples of possible labels include isotopes such as radionuclides, positron emitters, and gamma emitters, preferably the detectable label is a radioisotope. With respect to the detectably labelled compounds of the present invention and their precursors which include a radioisotope, a positron emitter, or a gamma emitter, it is to be understood that the radioisotope, positron emitter, or gamma emitter is to be present in an amount which is not identical to the natural amount of the respective radioisotope, positron emitter, or gamma emitter. Furthermore, the employed amount should allow detection thereof by the chosen detection method. Examples of suitable isotopes such as radionuclides, positron emitters and gamma emitters include 2H, 3H, 11C, 13N, 15O, and 18F, preferably 2H, 3H and 18F.
18F-labelled compounds are particularly suitable for imaging applications such as PET. The corresponding compounds which include fluorine having a natural 19F isotope are also of particular interest as they can be used as analytical standards and references during manufacturing, quality control, release, and clinical use of their 18F-analogs.
Further, substitution with isotopes such as deuterium, i.e. 2H or D, may afford certain diagnostic and therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability by reducing for example defluorination, increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements, while keeping or improving the original compound efficacy.
Isotopic variations of the compounds of the invention and their precursors can generally be prepared by conventional procedures such as by the illustrative methods or by the preparations described in the Examples and Preparative Examples hereafter using appropriate isotopic variations of suitable reagents, which are commercially available or prepared by known synthetic techniques.
Radionuclides, positron emitters and gamma emitters can be included into the compounds of the present invention and their precursors by methods which are usual in the field of organic synthesis. Typically, they will be introduced by using a correspondingly labelled starting material when the desired compound of the present invention and its precursor is prepared. Illustrative methods of introducing detectable labels are described, for instance, in US 2012/0302755.
The position at which the detectable label is to be attached to the compounds of the present invention and their precursors is not particularly limited. The radionuclides, positron emitters and gamma
emitters, for example, can be attached at any position where the corresponding non-emitting atom can also be attached. For instance, 18F can be attached at any position which is suitable for attaching F. The same applies to the other radionuclides, positron emitters and gamma emitters. Due to the ease of synthesis, preferably R1 is substituted with 18F. 3H can be attached at any available position at which H is present. If 2H is employed as a detectable label it can be attached at any available position at which H is present.
In another embodiment, the present invention relates further to a compound of formula (lll-F) that is a precursor of the compound of formula (l-F)
(lll-F) or a stereoisomer, racemic mixture, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein fA') is a 6-membered heteroaryl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl;
R1F is a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl, which is optionally substituted with at least one C1-C4alkoxy, NR4R5, or C1-C4alkyl, preferably R1F is a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl; or
R1F is C1-C4alkoxy, NR4R5, or C1-C4alkyl, preferably R1F is C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl; or
R1F is -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or C3-C6cycloalkyl, and
R2 is a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, and C1-C4alkyl;
R4 and R5 are independently selected from H, and C1-C4alkyl;
LG is a leaving group; and n is at least 1 (e.g., 1, 2 or 3; preferably 1 ).
In another preferred embodiment, (LG)n-R1F is selected from the following:
wherein x is at least 1 (e.g., 1 to 3), preferably 1 or 2, even more preferably 2.
In another embodiment, the present invention relates further to a compound of formula (lll-F') that is a precursor of the compound of formula ( l-F’):
(lll-F’) or a stereoisomer, racemic mixture, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein is a 6-membered heteroaryl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl;
R1 is a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, NR4R5, or C1-C4alkyl; or
R1 is halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, NR4R5, or CrC4alkyl; or
R1 is -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or -C3-C6cycloalkyl, wherein the C3-C6cycloalkyl of -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or -C3-C6cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with at least one halo;
R4 and R5 are independently selected from H, C1-C4alkyl and haloC1-C4alkyl ; and
R2F is a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from C1-C4alkoxy, and C1-C4alkyl; and
LG is a leaving group.
In a preferred embodiment, -R2F-(LG) is selected from the following: wherein R2b is -CH2-CH2-LG or -CH2-CH2-CH2-LG; or
Preferably, the Leaving Group (LG) in (lll-F) or (lll-F’) is halogen, C1-C4 alkylsulfonate, C1-C4alkyl ammonium, or Ce-Cwarylsulfonate, wherein the Ce-C-ioarylsulfonate can be optionally substituted with -CH3 or -NO2. More preferably, the Leaving Group (LG) is bromo, chloro, iodo, C6-C4alkylsulfonate, or Ce-Cwarylsulfonate, wherein the Ce-Cwarylsulfonate can be optionally
substituted with -CH3 or -NO2. Even more preferably, the Leaving Group (LG) is mesylate, tosylate or nosylate. Even more preferably, the Leaving Group (LG) is mesylate, or nosylate. More preferably the Leaving Group (LG) is mesylate.
In another embodiment, the present invention relates to a compound of formula (lll-H), a precursor of the compound of formula (l-H):
or a stereoisomer, racemic mixture, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein
( A ) is a 6-membered heteroaryl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl;
R1 is a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl which is' optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, NR4R5, or C1-C4alkyl, preferably optionally substituted with at least one halo; or
R1 is halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, NR4R5, or CrC4alkyl, preferably halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl; or
R1 is -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or -C3-C6cycloalkyl, wherein the C3-C6cycloalkyl of -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or -C3-C6cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with at least one halo;
R2 is a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, and C1-C4alkyl; and
R4 and R5 are independently selected from H, C1-C4alkyl and haloC1-C4alkyl; m is 0, 1 , 2 or 3; p is 0, 1 , 2 or 3; and
X is bromo, chloro or iodo; with the proviso that the compound of formula (lll-H) comprises at least one X (e.g., 1 , 2 or 3 X, preferably 1 or 2 X).
In the formula (lll-H), halo is preferably F, 18F or 19F.
X is attached to the 6-membered heteroaryl of and or the 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl of R2. If halo is present as a substituent of
and X is present, the X can be present in addition of halo.
R2a is independently selected from X, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, and C1-C4alkyl; wherein haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkyl, or C1-C4alkoxy are optionally substituted with one or more X; s is 0, 1 or 2 (preferably 0 or 1 ); and
R2b is selected from H, X, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, and C1-C4alkyl.
R2a is X;
R2b is selected from H, X, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, and C1-C4alkyl, preferably H, X, haloC1-C4alkyl, and C1-C4alkyl, more preferably X. In a further preferred embodiment, R2b is selected from haloC1-C4alkyl, and haloC1-C4alkoxy; s is 0, 1 or 2 (preferably 0); and wherein C1-C4alkyl is optionally substituted by one or more X.
In a preferred embodiment, the detectably labelled compound of formula (lll-H) comprises one, two or three X. In a preferred embodiment, the detectably labelled compound of formula (lll-H) comprises one or two X. In a more preferred embodiment, the detectably labelled compound of formula (lll-H) comprises two X, X is selected from bromo, chloro and iodo. In a preferred embodiment X is bromine.
Methods of synthesis of detectably labelled compounds
The present invention relates further to a method for preparing a compound of formula (I), or of subformulae thereof (e.g. (I-F), (l-F’), (l-H*), (l-H)), and in particular a compound of formula (lll-F), (lll-F’), or (lll-H).
In one embodiment, the present invention relates to a method for preparing a compound of formula (l-F) by reacting a compound of formula (lll-F) with a 18F-fluorinating agent, so that LG is replaced by 18F.
wherein , R1F, R2, n, and LG are as defined herein above.
In another embodiment, the present invention relates to a method for preparing a compound of formula (l-F’) by reacting a compound of formula (lll-F’) with a 18F-fluorinating agent, so that LG is replaced by 18F.
wherein , R1, R2F and LG are as defined herein above.
Suitable solvents for the 18F-fluorination comprise DMF, DMSO, acetonitrile, DMA, or mixtures thereof, preferably acetonitrile or DMSO. Suitable agents for the 18F-fluorination are selected from K18F, Rb18F, Cs18F, Na18F, tetra(Ci-6alkyl)ammonium salt of 18F, Kryptofix[222]18F and tetrabutylammonium [18F]fluoride.
In one embodiment, the present invention relates to a method of preparing a compound of formula (l-H) by reacting a compound of formula (lll-H) with a 3H radiolabelling agent.
wherein R1, R2, X, Y, m, and p are as defined herein above.
In one embodiment, the present invention relates to a method of preparing a compound of formula (l-H*), by reacting a compound of formula (lll-H*) with a 3H or D radiolabelling agent.
wherein , R1, R2, X, m, and p are as defined herein above and wherein Y is D, CDs, T or CT3.
The 3H radiolabelling agent can be tritium gas. The method can be conducted in the presence of a catalyst such as palladium on carbon (Pd/C), a solvent such as dimethylformamide (DMF) and a base such as N,N-diisopropylethylamine (DIEA).
In a further embodiment, the compound of formula (lll-H*) can be reacted with a 2H radiolabelling agent comprising D (e.g., D2O, D4-methanol or any other suitable agents), preferably in the presence of a catalyst like Pd/C, so that X is replaced by D (D is deuterium, 2H).
Alternatively, in another embodiment, the present invention relates to a method for preparing a compound of formula (l-H*) by radiolabelling a compound of formula (lll-H*) (reacting the compound of formula (lll-H*)) with a 3H radiolabelling agent like CT3 radiolabelling agent, wherein T is 3H, so that X is replaced by CT3. The CT3 radiolabelling agent can be ICT3 (derivative of iodomethane with 3H). The method can be conducted in the presence of a solvent such as dimethylformamide (DMF) and a base such as caesium carbonate or sodium hydride.
Kits
The precursor compounds of the present invention can also be employed in kits for the preparation of radiopharmaceutical preparations. Due to the radioactive decay, the radiopharmaceuticals are usually prepared immediately before use. The kit typically comprises a precursor of the compound of the present invention, and an agent which reacts with the precursor to introduce a radioactive label into the compound of the present invention. The precursor of the compound of the present invention, can, for example, be a compound having the formula (lll-F), (lll-H*) or (lll-H). The agent can be an agent which introduces a radioactive label such as 18F, 3H, or D.
In one embodiment, the kit of parts is a test kit for the detection and/or diagnosis of a disease, disorder or abnormality associated with alpha-synuclein aggregates, wherein the test kit comprises at least one precursor of the compound of the present invention (e.g. a compound having the formula (lll-F), (lll-H*) or (lll-H)).
In another embodiment, the kit of parts is a kit for preparing a radiopharmaceutical preparation, wherein the kit comprises a sealed vial containing at least one precursor of the compound of the present invention (e.g. a compound having the formula (lll-F), (lll-H*) or (lll-H)).
In one preferred embodiment, the kit is for use in the imaging of alpha-synuclein aggregates, wherein the imaging is preferably conducted by positron emission tomography, or is for use for in vitro imaging, ex vivo imaging, or in vivo imaging, preferably the use is for in vivo imaging. More preferably, the use is for brain imaging.
Diagnostic Compositions
The compounds of the present invention are particularly suitable for imaging of alpha-synuclein aggregates including. With respect to alpha-synuclein protein, the compounds are particularly suitable for binding to various types of alpha-synuclein aggregates including, but not limited to, Lewy bodies and/or Lewy neurites. The imaging can be conducted in mammals, preferably in humans. The imaging is preferably in vitro imaging, ex vivo imaging, or in vivo imaging. More preferably the imaging is in vivo imaging: Even more preferably, the imaging is preferably brain imaging. The imaging can also be eye/retinal imaging. The compounds of the present invention are particularly suitable for use in diagnostics.
The diagnostics can be conducted for mammals, preferably for humans. The tissue of interest on which the diagnostic is conducted can be brain, tissue of the central nervous system, tissue of the eye (such as retinal tissue), tissue of peripheral organs such as the gut or other tissues, or body fluids such as cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) or blood. The tissue is preferably brain tissue.
In one embodiment, the present invention provides a diagnostic composition comprising a compound of the invention, and optionally at least one pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, carrier, diluent and/or adjuvant.
Due to their design and to the binding characteristics, the compounds of the present invention are suitable for use in the diagnosis of diseases, disorders and abnormalities associated with alpha- synuclein aggregates. In another embodiment, the diagnostic composition which comprises a compound of the present invention is also suitable for use in the diagnosis of diseases, disorders and abnormalities associated with alpha-synuclein aggregates.
In yet another embodiment, the compound of the present invention, or the diagnostic composition comprising a compound of the invention, is suitable for use in imaging, such as in vitro imaging, ex vivo imaging, or in vivo imaging, preferably the use is for in vivo imaging, more preferably the use is for brain imaging. In particular, the use is in humans.
In another embodiment, the compounds of the present invention or the diagnostic composition are particularly suitable for use in positron emission tomography imaging of alpha-synuclein aggregates.
Diseases involving alpha-synuclein aggregates are generally listed as synucleinopathies (or a- synucleinopathies). The compounds of the present invention are suitable for use in the diagnosis of diseases, disorders or abnormalities associated with alpha-synuclein aggregates including, but not limited to, Lewy bodies and/or Lewy neurites, or a predisposition therefor, wherein the diseases, disorders or abnormalities are selected from (including, but not limited to) Parkinson's disease (sporadic, familial with alpha-synuclein mutations, familial with mutations other than alpha-synuclein, pure autonomic failure and Lewy body dysphagia), SNCA duplication carrier, dementia with Lewy bodies (“pure” Lewy body dementia), Alzheimer’s disease, sporadic Alzheimer’s disease, familial Alzheimer's disease with APP mutations, familial Alzheimer's disease with PS-1 , PS-2 or other mutations, familial British dementia, Lewy body variant of Alzheimer’s disease and normal aging in Down syndrome). The compounds of the present invention are suitable for use in the diagnosis of diseases, disorders or abnormalities associated with alpha-synuclein aggregates including, but not
limited to, neuronal and glial aggregates of alpha synuclein, includingmultiple system atrophy (MSA) (Shy-Drager syndrome, striatonigral degeneration and olivopontocerebellar atrophy). Other diseases that may have alpha-synuclein-immunoreactive lesions include traumatic brain injury, chronic traumatic encephalopathy, tauopathies (Pick's disease, frontotemporal dementia, progressive supranuclear palsy, corticobasal degeneration and Niemann-Pick type C1 disease), motor neuron disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (sporadic, familial and ALS-dementia complex of Guam), neuroaxonal dystrophy, neurodegeneration with brain iron accumulation type 1 (Hallervorden-Spatz syndrome), prion diseases, ataxia telangiectatica, Meige’s syndrome, subacute sclerosing panencephalitis, Gaucher disease as well as other lysosomal storage disorders (including Kufor- Rakeb syndrome and Sanfilippo syndrome) and rapid eye movement (REM) sleep behavior disorder (Jellinger, Mov Disord 2003, 18 Suppl. 6, S2-12; Galvin et al. JAMA Neurology 2001 , 58 (2), 186- 190; Kovari et al., Acta Neuropathol. 2007, 114(3), 295-8; Saito et al., J Neuropathol Exp Neurol. 2004, 63(4), 323-328; McKee et al., Brain, 2013, 136(Pt 1), 43-64; Puschmann et al., Parkinsonism Relat Disord 2012, 18S1 , S24-S27; Usenovic et al., J Neurosci. 2012, 32(12), 4240-4246; Winder- Rhodes et al., Mov Disord. 2012, 27(2), 312-315; Ferman et al., J Int Neuropsychol Soc. 2002, 8(7), 907-914). Preferably, the compounds of the present invention are suitable for use in the diagnosis of Parkinson's disease, multiple system atrophy, dementia with Lewy bodies, Parkinson’s disease dementia, SNCA duplication carrier, or Alzheimer’s disease, more preferably Parkinson’s disease (PD) or multiple system atrophy (MSA).
In the methods of diagnosing a disease, disorder or abnormality associated with alpha-synuclein aggregates, e.g. Parkinson's disease or MSA, or a predisposition therefor in a subject, the method comprises the steps of:
(a) administering to the subject a diagnostically effective amount of a compound of the present invention, or a diagnostic composition which comprises a compound of the present invention;
(b) allowing the compound of the present invention to distribute into the tissue of interest (such as brain tissue, tissue of the central nervous system (CNS), tissue of the eye, tissue of peripheral organs or other tissues), or body fluid (such as cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) or blood); and
(c) imaging the tissue of interest or body fluid.
If the amount of the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates is increased compared to a normal control level the subject is suffering from or is at risk of developing a disease, disorder or abnormality associated with alpha-synuclein aggregates.
The compounds of the present invention can be used for imaging of alpha-synuclein aggregates in any sample or a specific body part or body area of a patient which is suspected to contain alpha- synuclein aggregates. The compounds are able to pass the blood-brain barrier. Consequently, they are particularly suitable for imaging of alpha-synuclein aggregates in the brain, tissue of the central nervous system (CNS), tissue of the eye (such as retinal tissue), tissue of peripheral organs such as the gut or other tissues, or body fluids such as cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) or blood.
In diagnostic applications, the compounds of the present invention are preferably administered in the form of a diagnostic composition comprising the compound of the invention. A "diagnostic composition" is defined in the present invention as a composition comprising one or more compounds of the present invention in a form suitable for administration to a patient, e.g., a mammal such as a human, and which is suitable for use in the diagnosis of the specific disease, disorder or abnormality at issue. Preferably a diagnostic composition further comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, carrier, diluent or adjuvant. Administration is preferably carried out as defined below. More preferably by injection of the composition as an aqueous solution. Such a composition may optionally contain further ingredients such as buffers; pharmaceutically acceptable solubilizers (e.g., cyclodextrins or surfactants such as Pluronic, Tween or phospholipids); and pharmaceutically acceptable stabilisers or antioxidants (such as ascorbic acid, gentisic acid or para-aminobenzoic acid). The dose of the compound of the present invention will vary depending on the exact compound to be administered, the weight of the patient, and other variables as would be apparent to a physician skilled in the art.
While it is possible for the compounds of the present invention to be administered alone, it is preferable to formulate them into a diagnostic composition in accordance with standard pharmaceutical practice. Thus, the invention also provides a diagnostic composition which comprises a diagnostically effective amount of a compound of the present invention in admixture with, optionally, at least one pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, carrier, diluent or adjuvant.
Pharmaceutically acceptable excipients are well known in the pharmaceutical art, and are described, for example, in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 15th Ed., Mack Publishing Co., New Jersey (1975). The pharmaceutical excipient can be selected with regard to the intended route of administration and standard pharmaceutical practice. The excipient must be acceptable in the sense of being not deleterious to the recipient thereof.
Pharmaceutically useful excipients, carriers, adjuvants and diluents that may be used in the formulation of the diagnostic composition of the present invention may comprise, for example, solvents such as monohydric alcohols such as ethanol, isopropanol and polyhydric alcohols such as glycols and edible oils such as soybean oil, coconut oil, olive oil, safflower oil, cottonseed oil, oily esters such as ethyl oleate, isopropyl myristate, binders, adjuvants, solubilizers, thickening agents, stabilizers, disintegrants, glidants, lubricating agents, buffering agents, emulsifiers, wetting agents, suspending agents, sweetening agents, colorants, flavors, coating agents, preservatives, antioxidants, processing agents, drug delivery modifiers and enhancers such as calcium phosphate, magnesium stearate, talc, monosaccharides, disaccharides, starch, gelatin, cellulose, methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, dextrose, hydroxypropyl-B-cyclodextrin, polyvinylpyrrolidone, low melting waxes, and ion exchange resins.
The routes for administration (delivery) of the compounds of the invention include, but are not limited to, one or more of: intravenous, gastrointestinal, intraspinal, intraperitoneal, intramuscular, oral (e. g. as a tablet, capsule, or as an ingestible solution), topical, mucosal (e. g. as a nasal spray or aerosol for inhalation), nasal, parenteral (e. g. by an injectable form), intrauterine, intraocular, intradermal, intracranial, intratracheal, intravaginal, intracerebroventricular, intracerebral, subcutaneous, ophthalmic (including intravitreal or intracameral), transdermal, rectal, buccal, epidural and sublingual. Preferably, the route of administration (delivery) of the compounds of the invention is intravenous.
For example, the compounds can be administered orally in the form of tablets, capsules, ovules, elixirs, solutions or suspensions, which may contain flavoring or coloring agents, for immediate-, delayed-, modified-, sustained-, pulsed- or controlled-release applications.
The tablets may contain excipients such as microcrystalline cellulose, lactose, sodium citrate, calcium carbonate, dibasic calcium phosphate and glycine, disintegrants such as starch (preferably corn, potato or tapioca starch), sodium starch glycolate, croscarmellose sodium and certain complex silicates, and granulation binders such as polyvinylpyrrolidone, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose (HPMC), hydroxypropylcellulose (HPC), sucrose, gelatin and acacia. Additionally, lubricating agents such as magnesium stearate, stearic acid, glyceryl behenate and talc may be included. Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in gelatin capsules. Preferred excipients in this regard include starch, a cellulose, milk sugar (lactose) or high molecular weight polyethylene glycols. For aqueous suspensions and/or elixirs, the agent may be combined with various sweetening or flavoring agents, coloring matter or dyes, with emulsifying and/or suspending
agents and with diluents such as water, ethanol, propylene glycol and glycerin, and combinations thereof.
Preferably, in diagnostic applications, the compounds of the present invention are administered parenterally. If the compounds of the present invention are administered parenterally, then examples of such administration include one or more of: intravenously, intraarterially, intraperitoneally, intrathecally, intraventricularly, intraurethrally, intrasternally, intracranially, intramuscularly or subcutaneously administering the compounds; and/or by using infusion techniques. For parenteral administration, the compounds are best used in the form of a sterile aqueous solution which may contain other substances, for example, enough salts or glucose to make the solution isotonic with blood. The aqueous solutions should be suitably buffered (preferably to a pH of from 3 to 9), if necessary. The preparation of suitable parenteral formulations under sterile conditions is readily accomplished by standard pharmaceutical techniques well known to those skilled in the art.
As indicated, the compounds of the present invention can be administered intranasally or by inhalation and are conveniently delivered in the form of a dry powder inhaler or an aerosol spray presentation from a pressurized container, pump, spray or nebulizer with the use of a suitable propellant, e.g. dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, a hydrofluoroalkane such as 1 ,1 ,1 ,2-tetrafluoroethane (HFA134AT) or 1 , 1 ,1 , 2, 3,3,3- heptafluoropropane (HFA 227EA), carbon dioxide or other suitable gas. In the case of a pressurized aerosol, the dosage unit may be determined by providing a valve to deliver a metered amount. The pressurized container, pump, spray or nebulizer may contain a solution or suspension of the active compound, e. g. using a mixture of ethanol and the propellant as the solvent, which may additionally contain a lubricant, e. g. sorbitan trioleate. Capsules and cartridges (made, for example, from gelatin) for use in an inhaler or insufflator may be formulated to contain a powder mix of the compound and a suitable powder base such as lactose or starch.
Alternatively, the compounds of the present invention can be administered in the form of a suppository or pessary, or it may be applied topically in the form of a gel, hydrogel, lotion, solution, cream, ointment or dusting powder. The compounds of the present invention may also be dermally or transdermally administered, for example, by the use of a skin patch.
They may also be administered by the pulmonary or rectal routes. They may also be administered by the ocular route. For ophthalmic use, the compounds can be formulated as micronized suspensions in isotonic, pH was adjusted, sterile saline, or, preferably, as solutions in isotonic, pH
was adjusted, sterile saline, optionally in combination with a preservative such as a benzylalkonium chloride. Alternatively, they may be formulated in an ointment such as petrolatum.
For application topically to the skin, the compounds of the present invention can be formulated as a suitable ointment containing the active compound suspended or dissolved in, for example, a mixture with one or more of the following: mineral oil, liquid petrolatum, white petrolatum, propylene glycol, emulsifying wax and water. Alternatively, they can be formulated as a suitable lotion or cream, suspended or dissolved in, for example, a mixture of one or more of the following: mineral oil, sorbitan monostearate, a polyethylene glycol, liquid paraffin, polysorbate 60, cetyl esters wax, cetearyl alcohol, 2-octyldodecanol, benzyl alcohol and water.
Typically, a physician will determine the actual dosage which will be most suitable for an individual subject. The specific dose level and frequency of dosage for any particular individual may be varied and will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the specific compound employed, the metabolic stability and length of action of that compound, the age, body weight, general health, sex, diet, mode and time of administration, rate of excretion, drug combination, the severity of the particular condition, and the individual undergoing diagnosis.
The diagnostic compositions of the invention can be produced in a manner known per se to the skilled person as described, for example, in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 15th Ed., Mack Publishing Co., New Jersey (1975).
The compounds of the present invention are useful as an in vitro analytical reference or an in vitro screening tool. They are also useful in in vivo diagnostic methods.
The compounds according to the present invention can also be provided in the form of a mixture, a pharmaceutical composition, or a combination, comprising a compound according to the present invention and at least one compound selected from an imaging agent different from the compound according to the invention, a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, carrier, diluent or adjuvant. The imaging agent different from the compound according to the invention is preferably present in a diagnostically effective amount. More preferably the imaging agent different from the compound according to the invention is an Abeta or Tau imaging agent.
Methods of using the invention
In one embodiment, the invention provides a method of diagnosing a disease, disorder or abnormality associated with alpha-synuclein aggregates in a subject, the method comprising the steps:
(a) Administering a compound of the invention, or a diagnostic composition which comprises a compound of the invention to the subject;
(b) Allowing said compound to bind to the alpha-synuclein aggregates; and
(c) Detecting the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates.
Optionally, said method may further comprise the step of:
(d) Generating an image representative of the location and/or amount of the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates including.
In another embodiment, the invention provides a method of positron emission tomography (PET) imaging of alpha-synuclein aggregates in a tissue of a subject, the method comprising the steps:
(a) Administering a compound of the invention, or a diagnostic composition which comprises a compound of the invention to the subject;
(b) Allowing the compound to bind to the alpha-synuclein aggregates; and
(c) Detecting the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates by collecting a positron emission tomography (PET) image of the tissue of the subject;
In another embodiment, the invention relates to a method for the detection and optionally quantification (e.g., an in vivo or in vitro method) of alpha-synuclein aggregates in a tissue of a subject, the method comprising the steps:
(a) Bringing a sample or a specific body part or body area suspected to contain alpha-synuclein aggregates into contact with a compound of the invention, or a diagnostic composition which comprises a compound of the invention;
(b) Allowing the compound to bind to the alpha-synuclein aggregates;
(c) Detecting the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates; and
(d) Optionally quantifying the amount of the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates.
In an embodiment, the present invention refers to a method of collecting data for the diagnosis of a disease, disorder or abnormality associated with alpha-synuclein aggregates including the method comprising the steps:
(a) Bringing a sample or a specific body part or body area suspected to contain alpha-synuclein aggregates into contact with a compound according to the present invention, or a diagnostic composition which comprises a compound according to the present invention;
(b) Allowing the compound to bind to the alpha-synuclein aggregates;
(c) Detecting the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates; and
(d) Optionally correlating the presence or absence of the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates with the presence or absence of the alpha-synuclein aggregates in the sample or specific body part or body area.
If the amount of the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates is higher than a normal control value it can be assumed that the patient is suffering from a disease, disorder or abnormality associated with alpha-synuclein aggregates.
Yet another embodiment of the present invention refers to a method of collecting data for determining a predisposition to a disease, disorder or abnormality associated with alpha-synuclein aggregates, the method comprising the steps:
(a) Bringing a sample or a specific body part or body area suspected to contain alpha-synuclein aggregates into contact with a compound according to the present invention, or a diagnostic composition which comprises a compound according to the present invention;
(b) Allowing the compound to bind to the alpha-synuclein aggregates;
(c) Detecting the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates; and
(d) Optionally correlating the presence or absence of the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates with the presence or absence of the alpha-synuclein aggregates in the sample or specific body part or body area.
If the amount of the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates is higher than a normal control value of a healthy/reference subject this indicates that the patient is suffering from or is at risk of developing a disease, disorder or abnormality associated with alpha-synuclein aggregates. In particular, if the amount of the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates is higher than what expected in a person showing no clinical evidence of a disease, disorder or abnormality associated with alpha-synuclein aggregates, it can be assumed that the patient has a disposition to a disease, disorder or abnormality associated with alpha-synuclein aggregates.
In a further aspect, the present invention relates to a method of collecting data for prognosing a disease, disorder or abnormality associated with alpha-synuclein aggregates, wherein the method comprises the steps:
(a) Bringing a sample, a specific body part or body area suspected to contain alpha-synuclein aggregates into contact with a compound according to the present invention, or a diagnostic composition which comprises a compound according to the present invention;
(b) Allowing the compound to bind to the alpha-synuclein aggregates;
(c) Detecting the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates;
(d) Optionally correlating the presence or absence of the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates with the presence or absence of the alpha-synuclein aggregates in the sample or specific body part or body area; and
(e) Optionally repeating steps (a) to (c) and, if present, optional step (d) at least one time.
The progression of a disease, disorder or abnormality and/or the prospect (e.g., the probability, duration, and/or extent) of recovery can be estimated by a medical practitioner based on the presence or absence of the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates, the amount of the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates or the like. If desired, steps (a) to (c) and, if present, optional step (d) can be repeated over time to monitor the progression of the disease, disorder or abnormality and to thus allow a more reliable estimate.
A further aspect is directed to a method of collecting data for monitoring the progression (or evolution) of a disease, disorder or abnormality associated with alpha-synuclein aggregates in a patient, the method comprising the steps:
(a) Bringing a sample, a specific body part or body area suspected to contain alpha-synuclein aggregates into contact with the compound according to the present invention, or a diagnostic composition which comprises a compound according to the present invention;
(b) Allowing the compound to bind to the alpha-synuclein aggregates;
(c) Detecting the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates;
(d) Optionally correlating the presence or absence of the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates with the presence or absence of the alpha-synuclein aggregates in the sample or specific body part or body area; and
(e) Optionally repeating steps (a) to (c) and, if present, optional step (d) at least one time.
In the method for monitoring the progression the amount of the compound bound to the alpha- synuclein aggregates can be optionally compared at various points of time during the treatment, for
instance, before and after onset of the treatment or at various points of time after the onset of the treatment.
Typically, the patient is or has been undergoing treatment of the disease, disorder or abnormality associated with alpha-synuclein aggregates or is/has been undergoing treatment of the synucleinopathy. In particular, the treatment can involve administration of a medicament which is suitable for treating the disease, disorder or abnormality associated with alpha-synuclein aggregates.
In another embodiment, the invention relates to a method of collecting data for predicting responsiveness of a patient suffering from a disease, disorder or abnormality associated with alpha- synuclein aggregates to a treatment with a medicament, the method comprising the steps of
(a) Bringing a sample, a specific body part or body area suspected to contain alpha-synuclein aggregates into contact with a compound of the invention, or a diagnostic composition which comprises a compound of the invention;
(b) Allowing the compound to bind to the alpha-synuclein aggregates;
(c) Detecting the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates;
(d) Optionally correlating the presence or absence of the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates with the presence or absence of the alpha-synuclein aggregates in the sample or specific body part or body area; and
(e) Optionally repeating steps (a) to (c) and, if present, optional step (d) at least one time.
In the method for predicting the responsiveness, the method can further comprises steps (i) to (vi) before step (a):
(i) bringing a sample or specific body part or body area suspected to contain alpha-synuclein aggregates into contact with the compound of the present invention, which compound specifically binds to the alpha-synuclein aggregates;
(ii) allowing the compound to bind to the alpha-synuclein aggregates;
(iii) detecting the formation of the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates;
(iv) optionally correlating the presence or absence of the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates with the presence or absence of alpha-synuclein aggregates in the sample or specific body part or body area;
(v) optionally comparing the amount of the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates to a normal control value; and
(vi) treating the patient with the medicament.
Optionally the method can further comprise step (A) after step (d) or step (e):
(A) comparing the amount of the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates determined in step (iv) to the amount of the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates determined in step (d).
In the method for predicting responsiveness the amount of the compound bound to the alpha- synuclein aggregates can be optionally compared at various points of time during the treatment, for instance, before and after onset of the treatment or at various points of time after the onset of the treatment. A change, especially a decrease, in the amount of the compound bound to the alpha- synuclein aggregates may indicate that the patient has a high potential of being responsive to the respective treatment.
If the amount of the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates decreases over time, it can be assumed that the patient is responsive to the treatment. If the amount of the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates is essentially constant or increases overtime, it can be assumed that the patient is non-responsive to the treatment.
Alternatively, the responsiveness can be estimated by determining the amount of the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates. The amount of the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates can be compared to a control value such as a normal control value, a preclinical control value or a clinical control value. Alternatively, the control value may refer to the control value of subjects known to be responsive to a certain therapy, or the control value may refer to the control value of subjects known to be non-responsive to a certain therapy. The outcome with respect to responsiveness can either be "responsive" to a certain therapy, "non-responsive" to a certain therapy or “response undetermined” to a certain therapy. Response to the therapy may be different for the respective patients.
Optionally, the diagnostic composition can be used before, during and after, surgical procedures (e.g. deep brain stimulation (DBS)) and non-invasive brain stimulation (such as repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation (rTMS)), for visualizing alpha-synuclein aggregates before, during and after such procedures. Surgical techniques, including DBS, improve advanced symptoms of PD on top of the best currently used medical therapy. During the past 2 decades, rTMS has been closely examined as a possible treatment for PD (Ying-hui Chou et al. JAMA Neurol. 2015 April 1 ; 72(4): 432-440).
In any of the above methods, the step of optionally correlating the presence or absence of the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates with the presence or absence of the alpha- synuclein aggregates in the sample or specific body part or body area; comprises determining the amount of the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates;
- correlating the amount of the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates with the amount of the alpha-synuclein aggregates in the sample or specific body part or body area; and optionally comparing the amount of the compound bound with the alpha-synuclein aggregates in the sample or specific body part or body area to a normal control value in a healthy control subject.
The control value can be, e.g., a normal control value, a preclinical control value and/or a clinical control value.
A “healthy control subject” or “healthy volunteer (HV) subject” is a person showing no clinical evidence of a disease, disorder or abnormality associated with alpha-synuclein aggregates.
In an embodiment of any of the above methods the alpha-synuclein aggregates include, but are not limited to, Lewy bodies and/or Lewy neurites.
If in any of the above summarized methods the amount of the compound bound with the alpha- synuclein aggregates is higher than the normal control value, then it can be expected that the patient is suffering from or is likely to from a disease, disorder or abnormality associated with alpha-synuclein aggregates or from a synucleinopathy.
A sample or a specific body part or body area suspected to contain alpha-synuclein aggregates, is brought into contact with a compound of the present invention.
Any of the compounds of the present invention can be used in the above summarized methods. Preferably detectably labelled compounds of the present invention are employed in the above summarized methods.
The specific body part or body area is preferably of a mammal, more preferably of a human, including the full body or partial body area or body part of the patient suspected to contain alpha-synuclein
aggregates. The specific body part or body area can be brain, the central nervous system, eye or a peripheral organ such as the gut, preferably brain.
The tissue can be brain tissue, tissue of the central nervous system (CNS), tissue of the eye (such as retinal tissue), tissue of peripheral organs such as the gut or other tissues, or body fluids such as cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) or blood. The tissue is preferably brain tissue. Preferably, the sample is an in vitro sample from a patient.
In the above methods, the compound of the present invention can be brought into contact with the sample or the specific body part or body area suspected to contain the alpha-synuclein aggregates by any suitable method.
In in vitro methods the compound of the present invention and a liquid sample can be simply mixed.
In an in vivo method, the specific body part or body area can be brought into contact with a compound of the invention by administering an effective amount of a compound of the invention to the patient.
The effective amount of a compound of the invention is an amount which is suitable for allowing the presence or absence of alpha-synuclein aggregates in the sample, specific body part or body area to be determined using the chosen analytical technique. The amount is not particularly limited and will depend on the compound of the formula (I), the type of detectable label, the sensitivity of the respective analytical method and the respective device. The amount can be chosen appropriately by a skilled person.
The compound is then allowed to bind to the alpha-synuclein aggregates. The step of allowing the compound to bind to the alpha-synuclein aggregates includes allowing sufficient time for the compound of the invention to bind to the alpha-synuclein aggregates. The amount of time required for binding will depend on the type of test (e.g., in vitro or in vivo) and can be determined by a person skilled in the field by routine experiments. In an in vivo method, the amount of time will depend on the time which is required for the compound to reach the specific body part or body area suspected to contain alpha-synuclein aggregates. The amount of time should not be too extended to avoid washout and/or metabolism of the compound of the invention.
The compound which has bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates can be subsequently detected by any appropriate method. The method of detecting the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein
aggregates is not particularly limited and depends, among others, on the detectable label, the type of sample, specific body part or body area and whether the method is an in vitro or in vivo method. Examples of possible methods include, but are not limited to, a fluorescence imaging technique or a nuclear imaging technique such as positron emission tomography (PET), single photon emission computed tomography (SPECT), magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), and contrast-enhanced magnetic resonance imaging (MRI). These have been described and enable visualization of alpha- synuclein biomarkers. The fluorescence imaging technique and/or nuclear imaging technique can be employed for monitoring and/or visualizing the distribution of the detectably labelled compound within the sample or a specific body part or body area. The imaging system provides an image of bound detectable label such as radioisotopes, in particular positron emitters or gamma emitters, as present in the tested sample, the tested specific body part or the tested body area. Preferably, the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates including is detected by an imaging apparatus such as PET or SPECT scanner, more preferably PET.
The amount of the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates including can be determined by visual or quantitative analysis, for example, using PET scan images.
A compound according to the present invention or its precursor can also be incorporated into a test kit for detecting alpha-synuclein protein aggregates. The test kit typically comprises a container holding one or more compounds according to the present invention or its precursor(s) and instructions for using the compound for the purpose of binding to alpha-synuclein aggregates and detecting the formation of the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates such that presence or absence of the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates correlates with the presence or absence of the alpha-synuclein aggregates.
The term "test kit" refers in general to any diagnostic kit known in the art. More specifically, the latter term refers to a diagnostic kit as described in Zrein et al., Clin. Diagn. Lab. Immunol., 1998, 5, 45-49.
The dose of the detectably labelled compounds of the present invention, preferably compounds of formula (l-F) labelled with 18F or compounds of formula (l-H*) or (l-H) labelled with 3H, will vary depending on the exact compound to be administered, the weight of the patient, size and type of the sample, and other variables as would be apparent to a physician skilled in the art. Generally, the dose could preferably lie in the range 0.001 pg/kg to 10 pg/kg, preferably 0.01 pg/kg to 1.0 pg/kg. The radioactive dose can be, e.g., 100 to 600 MBq, more preferably 150 to 450 MBq.
Methods of synthesizing the compounds of the invention
The compounds of the present invention may be prepared in accordance with the definition of compound of formula (I) by the routes described in the following Schemes or the Examples. All methods described herein can be performed in any suitable order unless otherwise indicated herein or otherwise clearly contradicted by context. The use of any and all examples, or exemplary language (e.g. "such as") provided herein is intended merely to better illuminate the invention and does not pose a limitation on the scope of the invention otherwise claimed. In the following general methods, R1, R2, ®, LG, and Hal are as previously defined in the above embodiments or limited to designations in the Schemes. Unless otherwise stated, starting materials are either commercially available or are prepared by known methods.
General synthetic schemes for the preparation of compounds of this invention:
Commercially available or custom-made aldehyde derivatives containing an acid sensitive protecting group (Pg) at the triazolo-moiety can be reacted with a suitable amine via reductive amination to obtain intermediate A after purification. The halogen atom is then replaced by a heteroaryl boronic acid derivative containing a leaving group (LG) via Suzuki coupling to obtain intermediate B after purification. The LG is then substituted with a suitable amine derivative via aromatic nucleophilic substitution to obtain intermediate C after purification. The Pg is removed by acid treatment to obtain intermediate D after purification. Alternatively, the halogen atom of commercially available or custom- made aldehyde derivatives containing an acid sensitive Pg at the triazolo-moiety can be replaced by a heteroaryl boronic acid derivatives via Suzuki coupling to obtain intermediate E after purification. Reductive amination of intermediate E with a suitable amine is employed to obtain intermediate F after purification. The Pg of intermediate F is removed by acid treatment to obtain intermediate D
after purification. Intermediate D can be ring cyclized using 1 ,1’-carbonyldiimidazole (CDI) in an appropriate solvent to afford compounds of formula G as a free base. Acid treatment of compounds of formula G is used to afford the salts of compounds of formula (I).
Commercially available or custom-made triazolo derivatives containing an ester moiety are treated with a suitable reagent to introduce an acid sensitive Pg after purification. The halogen atom is then replaced by a heteroaryl boronic acid derivative containing a leaving group (LG) via Suzuki coupling to obtain intermediate B after purification. The LG is then substituted with a suitable amine derivative via aromatic nucleophilic substitution to obtain intermediate C after purification. Reduction of the ester moiety to the corresponding alcohol is used to obtain intermediate D after purification. Mild oxidation of the alcohol moiety with reagents like Dess-Martin periodinane (DMP) is employed to obtain the aldehyde containing intermediate E. Reductive amination of intermediate E with a suitable amine is employed to obtain intermediate F after purification. The Pg of intermediate F is removed by acid treatment to obtain intermediate D after purification. Intermediate D can be ring cyclized using 1 ,T- carbonyldiimidazole (CDI) in an appropriate solvent to afford compounds of formula H as a free base. Acid treatment of compounds of formula H can be used to afford the salts of compounds of formula (I).
General synthesis of 18F-labelled compounds of the present invention:
Compounds having the formula (I) which are labelled by 18F can be prepared by reacting a precursor compound (I I l-F), as described below, with an 18F-fluorinating agent, so that the LG comprised in the precursor compound is replaced by 18F.
The reagents, solvents and conditions which can be used for the 18F-fluorination are well-known to a skilled person in the field (L. Cai, S. Lu, V. Pike, Eur. J. Org. Chem 2008, 2853-2873; J. Fluorine Chem., 27 (1985): 177-191 ; Coenen, Fluorine-18 Labeling Methods: Features and Possibilities of Basic Reactions, (2006), in: Schubiger P.A., Friebe M., Lehmann L, (eds), PET-Chemistry - The Driving Force in Molecular Imaging. Springer, Berlin Heidelberg, pp.15-50). Preferably, the solvents used in the 18F-fluorination are DMF, DMSO, acetonitrile, DMA, or mixtures thereof, preferably the solvent is acetonitrile or DMSO.
Any suitable 18F-fluorinating agent can be employed. Typical examples include H18F, alkali or alkaline earth 18F-fluorides (e.g., K18F, Rb18F, Cs18F, and Na18F). Optionally, the 18F-fluorination agent can be used in combination with a chelating agent such as a cryptand (e.g.: 4,7,13,16,21 ,24-hexaoxa-1 ,10- diazabicyclo[8.8.8]-hexacosane - Kryptofix®) or a crown ether (e.g.: 18-crown-6). Alternatively, the 18F-fluorinating agent can be a tetraalkylammonium salt of 18F or a tetraalkylphosphonium salt of 18F; e.g., tetra(Ci-6 alkyl)ammonium salt of 18F or a tetra(Ci-6 alkyl)phosphonium salt of 18F. Preferably, the 18F-fluorination agent is K18F, H18F, Cs18F, Na18F, tetra(Ci-e alkyl) ammonium salt of 18F, Kryptofix[222]18F or tetrabutylammonium [18F]fluoride.
Although the reaction is shown above with respect to 18F as a radioactive label, other radioactive labels can be introduced following similar procedures.
The invention is illustrated by the following examples which, however, should not be construed as limiting.
EXAMPLES
Compounds of the present disclosure may be prepared by methods known in the art of organic synthesis. In all of the methods it is understood that protecting groups for sensitive or reactive groups may be employed where necessary in accordance with general principles of chemistry. Protecting groups are manipulated according to standard methods of organic synthesis (T. W. Green and P. G. M. Wuts (2014) Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 5th edition, John Wiley & Sons). These groups are removed at a convenient stage of the compound synthesis using methods that are readily apparent to those skilled in the art.
Unless otherwise noted, all reagents and solvents were obtained from commercial sources and used without further purification.
The chemical names were generated using ChemBioDraw Ultra v20 from CambridgeSoft.
Temperatures are given in degrees Celsius. If not mentioned otherwise, all evaporations are performed under reduced pressure, typically between about 15 mm Hg and 100 mm Hg (= 20 - 133 mbar). The structure of final products, intermediates and starting materials was confirmed by standard analytical methods, e.g., microanalysis and spectroscopic characteristics, e.g., MS, IR, NMR. Abbreviations:
Analytical details, preparative and analytical methods
NMR measurements were performed on a DRX-400 MHz NMR spectrometer, on a Bruker AV-400 MHz NMR spectrometer in deuterated solvents, using or not using TMS as an internal standard. Chemical shifts (6) are reported in ppm downfield from TMS, spectra splitting patterns are designated as singlet (s), doublet (d), triplet (t), quartet (q), quintet (quint), septet (sept), multiplet, unresolved or overlapping signals (m), or broad signal (br). Deuterated solvents are given in parentheses and have chemical shifts of dimethyl sulfoxide (6 2.50 ppm), methanol (6 3.31 ppm), chloroform (6 7.26 ppm), or other solvent as indicated in NMR spectral data. MS were recorded on an Advion CMS mass spectrometer or an UPLC H-Class Plus with Photodiode Array detector and Qda Mass spectrometer from Waters.
Column chromatography was performed using silica gel (Fluka: Silica gel 60, 0.063-0.2 mm) and suitable solvents as indicated in the specific examples.
Flash Column Chromatography System: flash purification was conducted with a Biotage Isolera One flash purification system using HP-Sil or KP-NH SNAP cartridges (Biotage) and the solvent gradient indicated in the specific examples.
The compound was purchased from the commercial supplier Aurum Pharmatech LLC.
Step A
Step B
Step-A: To a stirred solution of 2-fluoroethanol (1.82 mL, 31.2 mmol) and sodium hydride (60% dispersed in mineral oil) (1.25 g, 31.2 mmol) in THF (100 mL) under a nitrogen atmosphere was added 5-bromo-2-fluoropyridine (5.0 g, 28.4 mmol) in portions at 0 °C over a period of 15 min. After the addition was completed, the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with water (100 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 100 mL). The combined organic phase was dried over NazSCh and concentrated under vacuum to afford the title compound as a yellow solid (5.0 g, 79%).
1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 8.17 (dd, 1 H), 7.66 (dd, 1H), 6.73 (dd, 1 H), 4.80 (m, 1 H), 6 4.68 (m, 1 H), 4.57 (m, 1 H), 4.50 (m, 1 H).
Step-B: In an oven-dried flask was added the title compound from Step A above (5.0 g, 22.7 mmol), bis(pinacalato) diborane (11.5 g, 45.4 mmol), KOAc (6.7 g, 68.9 mmol) and 1 ,4-dioxane (250 mL) under an argon atmosphere. The reaction mixture was degassed with argon for 15 min. Then [1 ,1'- bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]-dichloropalladium(ll), complex with dichloromethane (1.8 g, 22.7 mmol) was added and the mixture was heated to 60 °C for 5 h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, the crude material was treated with 40% EtOAc in n-hexane (200 mL) and filtered through a celite pad. The filtrate was dried over NazSO^ concentrated and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (100-200 mesh) employing 10% EtOAc in n-hexane to afford the title compound as a pale-yellow solid (3.5 g, 57%).
1H NMR (CDCh) δ 8.51 (q, 1 H), 7.94 (dd, 1 H), 6.78 (dd, 1 H), 6 4.81 (m, 1 H), 4.69 (m, 1 H), 4.64 (m, 1 H), 4.57 (m, 1 H), 6 1.35 (d, 1 H), 1 .34 (s, 12H)
The compound was purchased from the commercial supplier SV ChemBioTech, Inc.
(2-Chloropyrimidin-5-yl)boronic acid (1.0g, 6.32 mmol), pyrrolidine (0.7 mL, 8.2 mmol), DIPEA (1.6 mL, 9.4 mmol), and NMP (10 mL, 10 vol) were heated at 160°C for 1 h under microwave irradiation. After completion, the reaction mixture was quenched with ice cool water (20 mL) and the crude reaction mass was filtered through a buchner funnel. The crude solid was washed with pentane (5 mL x 3), and dried under high vacuum to afford the desired intermediate as a yellow solid (80 mg, 70%).
1H NMR (DMSO-d6) δ 8.59 (s, 2H), 7.97 (s, 2H), 3.48 (t, 4H), 1.91 (m, 4H).
MS (ESI): 193.73 [M+H],
Step-A: 2,5-Dibromopyrazine (5.0 g, 21 mmol), pyrrolidine (1.8 g, 25.2 mmol), CS2CO3 (6.8 g, 21 mmol), and DMSO (50 mL, 10 vol) were heated at 100“C for 16 h under microwave irradiation. After completion, the reaction mixture was quenched with ice cool water (60 mL) and the crude reaction mass was filtered through a buchner funnel. The solid was dried under high vacuum to afford the desired product as a yellow solid (4.3 g, 90%).
1H NMR (CDC13) δ 8.10 (d, 1 H), 7.61 (d, 1 H), 3.44 (t, 4H), 2.06-2.02 (m, 4H).
MS (ESI): 229.9 [M+H],
Step-B: To a stirred solution of step-A product (2.0 g, 8.77 mmol) in THF (80 mL, 40 vol.) was added dropwise nBuLi (2.5M in hexane) (4.2 mL, 10.5 mmol) at -78°C under N2 atmosphere and the mixture was stirred for 1 h. Then, 2-isopropoxy-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1 ,3,2-dioxaborolane (2.1 mL, 10.5 mmol) was added. The mixture was allowed to stir at -78°C for 2 h and at rt for 3 h. The reaction time was monitored by TLC. After completion, the reaction mixture was cooled to 0°C and quenched with saturated aqueous NH4CI solution. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 100 mL) and the combined organic layers were dried over NasSCU and concentrated under vacuum. The crude reaction product was directly used as such in the next step without further purification.
MS (ESI): 276.3 [M+H],
Preparative Example 6
Step-A: To a solution of 4-nitro-1 H-pyrazole (2.5 g, 21.9 mmol) in DMF (50 mL, 20 vol.) was added CS2CO3 (21.5 g, 65.9 mmol) and 3-fluoropropyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate (10.2 g, 43.9 mmol). The mixture was stirred at rt for 16 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. After completion, the solvent was evaporated under vacuum and water (100 mL) was added to the residue. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 100 mL) and the combined organic layers were dried over NazSO4 and concentrated under vacuum. The crude product was purified by column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) and eluted in 50% EtOAc in hexane to afford the desired product as a yellow oil (3.0 g, 78%).
1H NMR (CDC13) δ 8.18 (s, 1 H), 8.10 (s, 1 H), 4.52 (t, 1 H), 4.41 (t, 1 H), 4.33 (t, 2H), 2.37-2.25 (m, 2H). MS (ESI) 174.05 [M+H],
Step-B: To a solution of the Step A product (3.2 g, 18.48 mmol) in methanol (96 mL, 30 vol.) was added 10% Pd/C (640 mg, 20%w/w) portionwise under N2 atmosphere. Then, the vessel was filled up with H2 gas and the mixture was stirred at rt for 20 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. After completion, the mixture was filtered through celite and the celite was washed with MeOH (3 x 100 mL). The combined filtrates were concentrated in vacuum to yield the desired product as a yellow oil (2.6 g, 93%).
1H NMR (CDC13) δ 7.04 (s, 1 H), 6.91 (s, 1 H), 4.43 (t, 1 H), 4.33 (t, 1 H), 4.01 (t, 2H), 3.89 (s, 2H), 2.06 (tt, 2H).
MS (ESI) 144.0 [M+H].
Step-A: To a solution of 3-nitro-1 H-pyrazole (2.0 g, 17.6 mmol) in DMF (40mL, 20 vol.) was added CS2CO3 (17.3 g, 53.1 mmol) and 3-fluoropropyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate (8.2 g, 35.4 mmol). The mixture was stirred at rt for 16 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. After completion, the solvent was evaporated under vacuum and water (80 mL) was added to the residue. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 80 mL) and the combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated under vacuum. The obtained crude mass was purified by
column chromatography over silica gel (100-200 mesh) and eluted in 50% EtOAc in hexane to afford the desired product as a yellow oil (2.3 g, 75%).
1H NMR (CDCI3) 3 7.50 (d, 1 H), 6.91 (d, 1 H), 4.51 (t, 1 H), 4.40-4.36 (m, 3H), 2.45-2.27 (m, 2H).
MS (ESI) 174.11 [M+H],
Step-B: To a solution of the Step A product (2.3 g, 13.2 mmol) in methanol (70 mL, 30 vol.) was added 10% Pd/C (230 mg, 10%w/w) portionwise under N2 atmosphere. The reaction vessel was filled up with H2 gas and the mixture was stirred at rt for 21 h. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC. After completion, the mixture was filtered through celite and the celite was washed with MeOH (3 x 100 mL). The combined filtrates were concentrated in vacuum to yield the desired product as a yellow oil (1.7 g, 86%). The compound was pure enough and used as such in the next step without further purification.
1H NMR (DMSO-D6) δ 7.32 (d, 1 H), 5.40-5.39 (m, 1 H), 4.87 (s, 2H), 4.45 (t, 1 H), 4.33 (t, 1H), 3.93 (t, 2H), 2.11-2.08 (m, 1 H), 2.06 -1.98 (m, 1 H).
MS (ESI) 144.01 [M+H],
Examples according to the invention
Example 1 (R)-2-(6-(3-fluoropyrrolidin-1-yl)-2-methylpyridin-3-yl)-6-(pyridin-3-yl)-6,7-dihvdro-5/-/- imidazofl ,5-£>l[1 ,2,4]triazol-5-one hydrochloride
Step A: To a stirred solution of (3-bromo-1-(tetrahydro-2/-/-pyran-2-yl)-1H-1 ,2,4-triazole-5- carbaldehyde (3.0 g, 9.6 mmol) and pyridin-3-amine (1.17 g, 12.5 mmol) in 1 ,2 dichloroethane (120 mLI) was added molecular sieves 4 A and glacial AcOH (7.5 mL) at 0 °C under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was stirred for 4 h and allowed to reach room temperature. Then sodium triacetoxyborohydride (4.0 g, 19.2 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with saturated NaHCO3 (100 mL) and the product was extracted with 5% MeOH in DCM (3 x 250 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated under vacuum. The crude material was purified by column chromatography using silica gel (100-200 mesh) employing in 2% MeOH in DCM to afford the title compound as a yellow liquid (3.0 g, 76%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ 8.03 (d, 1 H), 7.81 (dd, 1 H), 7.09 (dd, 1H), 6.99 (dq, 1 H), 6.49 (t, 1H), 5.70 (dd, 1H), 4.53 (m, 2H), 3.88 (m, 1 H), 3.69 (m, 1 H), 2.09 (m, 1H), 1.93 (m, 2H), 1.60 (m, 3H) MS: 338.24 [M+H]+
Step B: In an oven-dried screw capped vial was added the title compound from Step A above (0.6 g,
1.78 mmol), (6-fluoro-2-methylpyridin-3-yl)boronic acid (0.55 g, 3.5 mmol), K2CO3 (0.49 g, 3.5 mmol), and a mixture of 1 ,4-dioxane and water (30 mL, 4/1) under an argon atmosphere. The reaction mixture was degassed with argon for 15 min. Then [1 ,1 '-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]- dichloropalladium(ll), complex with dichloromethane (0.145 g, 0.178 mmol) was added and the mixture was heated to 90 °C for 4 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with ice-water and extracted in 10% MeOH in DCM (3 x 30 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, concentrated and purified by silica gel chromatography (100-200 mesh) using 4% MeOH in DCM to obtain the title compound as a brownish liquid (0.45 g, 68%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.37 (t, 1 H), 8.09 (d, 1 H), 7.81 (q, 1 H), 7.09 (m, 1 H), 6.51 (t, 1 H),
5.78 (m, 1 H), 4.60 (ddd, 2H), 3.91 (d, 1 H), 3.73 (m, 1 H), 2.70 (s, 3H), 2.24 (m, 1 H), 2.01 (m, 3H), 1.69 (t, 1 H), 1.57 (q, 2H), 1.34 (s, 1 H), 1.23 (d, 4H), 1.17 (q, 1 H)
MS: 369.15 [M+H]+
Step-C: The title compound from Step B above (0.1 g, 0.27 mmol), (R)-3-fiuoropyrrolidine hydrogen chloride (0.051 g, 0.40 mmol), DIPEA (0.14 mL, 0.8 mmol), and NMP (5 mL) were combined in an oven-dried microwave vial under argon atmosphere. The reaction mixture was heated at 160 °C in a microwave oven for 4 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with ice cold water (10 mL) and extracted with 5% MeOH in DCM (3 x 10 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with cold brine solution (2 x 10 mL), dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated under vacuum. The crude material was purified by column chromatography using silica gel (100-200 mesh) employing 3% MeOH in DCM to afford the title compound as a white solid (0.050 g, 42%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.09 (d, 1H), 7.99 (d, 1 H), 7.80 (q, 1 H), 7.08 (dd, 2H), 6.44 (m, 2H), 5.71 (dd, 1 H), 5.44 (m, 1 H), 4.54 (ddd, 2H), 3.91 (d, 1 H), 3.67 (m, 4H), 3.43 (td, 1 H), 2.63 (s, 3H), 2.20 (m, 3H), 1 .98 (m, 2H), 1 .63 (m, 3H)
Step-D: To a stirred solution of the title compound from Step C above (0.050 g, 0.11 mmol) in DCM (2.5 mL) was added a solution of 4 M HCI in 1 ,4-dioxane (0.5 mL) at 0 °C under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was stirred for 6 h and allowed to reach room temperature. The solvent was removed under vacuum to afford the title compound as a hydrochloride salt. The yellow solid was washed with hexane (3 x 5 mL) and dried under vacuum.
MS: 354.25 [M+H]+
Step-E: To an ice cool solution of the title compound from Step D above (0.04 mg, 0.1 mmol) in 1 ,2- DCE (2 mL) was added sodium hydride (60% dispersed in mineral oil) (0.004 g, 0.17 mmol) under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. Then 1 ,1'- carbonyldiimidazole (0.16 g, 1 .0 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 6 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with ice cold water and the product was extracted with 5% MeOH in DCM. The organic phase was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (100-200 mesh) employing 4% MeOH in DCM to yield the title compound as a white solid (0.02 mg, 51%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.98 (d, 1 H), 8.46 (m, 1 H), 8.19 (d, 1 H), 8.16 (d, 1 H), 7.54 (d, 1 H), 6.51 (d, 1 H), 5.46 (d, 1 H), 5.26 (s, 2H), 3.72 (m, 3H), 3.48 (m, 1 H), 2.73 (s, 3H), 2.22 (m, 2H) MS: 379.9 [M+H]+
Step-F: To a stirred solution of the title compound from Step E above (0.020 g, 0.05 mmol) in DCM (2 mL) was added a solution of 4 M HCI in 1 ,4-dioxane (0.2 mL) at 0 °C under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was stirred for 6 h and allowed to warm to room temperature. The solvent was evaporated, the residue was treated with pentane, and dried under vacuum to afford the title compound as a yellow solid (0-015 g, 71%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 9.09 (d, 1 H), 8.57 (m, 1 H), 8.40 (d, 1 H), 7.74 (q, 1 H), 6.94 (s, 1 H), 5.55 (d, 1 H), 5.34 (s, 2H), 3.77 (m, 4H), 3.57 (s, 1 H), 2.91 (s, 3H), 2.30 (m, 2H) MS: 379.9 [M+H]+
Examples 2 to 5
Following the same procedure as described for Example 1 , except using the reagents indicated for the specific steps in Table 1 below, the following Examples were prepared.
Table 1:
Example 7 (S)-2-(6-(3-fluoropyrrolidin-1-yl)pyridin-3-yl)-6-(1-methyl-1 H-pyrazol-4-yl)-6,7-dihydro-
5/7-imidazo[1 ,5-b1[1 ,2,41triazol-5-one hydrochloride
Step A: To an ice cool solution of ethyl 5-bromo-1/-/-1 ,2,4-triazole-3-carboxylate (2.5 g, 11.3 mmol) in THF (50 mL) was added sodium hydroxide (60% dispersed in mineral oil) (0.59 g, 14.7 mmol) under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0 °C, 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl chloride (2.4 mL, 13.6 mmol) was dropwise added, and the reaction mixture was stirred for 16 h and allowed to reach room temperature. The reaction mixture was quenched with ice-water and the reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 75 mL). The combined organic phase was washed with brine (2 x 25 mL), dried over NazSCM, and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (100-200 mesh) employing 10% EtOAc in n-hexane to yield the title compound as a yellow oil (0.96 g, 24%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 5.86 (s, 2H), 4.48 (q, 2H), 3.67 (m, 2H), 1.45 (d, 3H), 0.92 (m, 2H), -17.45 (s, 9H)
MS: 352.79 [M+2H]+
Step B: In an oven-dried screw capped vial was added the title compound from Step A above (0.2 g, 0.57 mmol), (6-fluoropyridin-3-yl)boronic acid (0.096 g, 0.68 mmol), CS2CO3 (0.371 g, 1.14 mmol), and 1 ,4-dioxane (8 mL) under an argon atmosphere. The reaction mixture was degassed with argon for 15 min. Then [1 ,T-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(ll), complex with dichloromethane (0.048 g, 0.06 mmol) and 2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2',6'-dimethoxybiphenyl (0.023 g, 0.06 mmol) were added and the mixture was heated to 80 °C for 3 h. The reaction was quenched with ice-water and the reaction mixture was extracted with DCM (3 x 30 mL). The combined organic phase was washed with brine (30 mL), dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (100-200 mesh) employing 20% EtOAc in n-hexane to obtain the title compound as a yellow liquid (0.170 g, 81%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 9.01 (d, 1 H), 8.54 (td, 1 H), 7.02 (dd, 1H), 5 5.95 (s, 2H), 4.54 (q, 2H), 3.71 (t, 2H), 1.48 (t, 3H), 0.95 (t, 2H), -22.7 (s, 9H)
MS: 367.25 [M+H]+
Step C: The title compound from Step B above (3.0 g, 8.2 mmol), (S)-3-fluoropyrrolidine hydrogen chloride (2.0 g, 16.3 mmol), DIPEA (7.13 mL, 41 mmol) and ethanol (30 mL) were combined in an oven-dried microwave vial under argon atmosphere. The reaction mixture was heated at 130 °C in a microwave oven for 3 h. The solvent was removed under vacuum and the obtained crude material was purified by column chromatography using silica gel (100-200 mesh) employing 50% EtOAc in n-hexane to afford the title compound as a white solid (1.8 g, 50%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.94 (d, 1 H), 8.20 (dd, 1 H), 6.44 (d, 1 H), 5.92 (s, 2H), 5.40 (dt, 1H), 4.52 (q, 2H), 3.91 (q, 1 H), 3.69 (m, 4H), 3.64 (m, 2H), 2.41 (m, 1H), 2.17 (m, 1H), 1.48 (t, 3H), -23.4 (s, 9H)
MS: 436.58 [M+H]+
Step D: To an ice cool solution of the title compound from Step C above (1.8 g, 4.13 mmol) in MeOH (90 mL) was added sodium borohydride (1.25 g, 33 mmol) in portions at 0 °C under a nitrogen atmosphere. After the addition was completed, the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0 °C and the reaction was quenched by the addition of sat. ammonium chloride (effervescence!). The solvent was removed under vacuum and the crude material was diluted with water and extracted with DCM (3 x 100 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with cold brine solution (100 mL), dried over NajSCU, and concentrated under vacuum to afford the title compound as a white solid (1 .6 g, 98%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.90 (d, 1 H), 8.11 (dd, 1 H), 6.44 (d, 1 H), 5.55 (s, 2H), 5.39 (dt, 1H), 4.88 (s, 2H), 3.90 (q, 1 H), 3.80 (s, 1 H), 3.68 (m, 6H), 2.41 (m, 1 H), 2.17 (m, 1 H), 0.93 (t, 2H), 0.85 (m, 1 H), -16.2 (s, 9H) MS: 394.62 [M+H]+
Step E: To an ice cool solution of the title compound from Step D above (1.6 g, 4.0 mmol) in DCM (48 mL) was added Dess-Martin periodinane (3.45 g, 8.14 mmol) in portions at 0 °C under a nitrogen atmosphere. After the addition was completed, the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0 °C and the reaction was quenched by the addition of sat. NaHCO3 (50 mL). The reaction mixture was extracted with DCM (3 x 80 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with cold brine solution (80 mL), dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated under vacuum. The crude material was purified by column chromatography using silica gel (100-200 mesh) employing in 50% EtOAc in n-hexane to afford the title compound as a white solid (1.3 g, 82%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 10.06 (s, 1 H), 8.95 (d,1 H), 8.18 (dd, 1 H), 6.47 (d, 1 H), 5.86 (s, 2H), 5.41 (dt, 1 H), 3.93 (q, 1 H), 3.71 (m, 6H), 2.43 (m, 1 H), 2.18 (m, 1H), 0.94 (t, 2H), -22.03 (s, 9H) MS: 392.26 [M+H]+
Step F: To a stirred solution of the title compound from Step E above (0.4 g, 1 .0 mmol) and 1-methyl- 1H-pyrazol-4-amine (0.1 g, 1.0 mmol) in 1 ,2-dichloroethane (16 mL) was added molecular sieves 4A and glacial AcOH (0.8 mL) under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. Then sodium triacetoxyborohydride (0.43 g, 2.0 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with aqueous sat. NaHCO3 (20 mL) and the reaction mixture was extracted with 5% MeOH in DCM (3 x 50 mL). The combined organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated under vacuum. The crude material was purified by column chromatography using silica gel (100-200 mesh) employing 3% MeOH in DCM to afford the title compound as a yellow liquid (0.4 g, 83%).
MS: 473.59 [M+H]+
Step G: To a stirred solution of the title compound from Step F above (0.4mg, 0.85 mmol) in DCM (8.0 mL) was added a solution of 4 M HCI in 1 ,4-dioxane (2.0 mL) at 0 °C under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h, the solvents were evaporated under reduced pressure, the residue was washed with pentane, and dried under vacuum to afford the title compound as an off-white solid (0.28 g, 97%).
MS: 341.13 [M+H]+
Step H: To an ice cool solution of the title compound from Step G above (0.28 g, 0.82 mmol) in 1 ,2- dichloroethane (17 mL) was added sodium hydride (60% dispersed in mineral oil) (0.033 g, 0.82 mmol) under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature and kept for 30 min. Then 1 ,1 '-carbonyldiimidazole (1.33 g, 8.2 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 24 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with ice cold water and the reaction mixture was extracted with 5% MeOH in DCM (3 x 40 mL). The combined organic phase was dried over Na2SO 4 and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by preparative TLC employing 5% MeOH in DCM as a mobile phase. The solvent was removed under vacuum to afford the title compound as a yellow white solid (0.009 g, 3%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ 8.10 (dd, 1 H), 8.01 (s, 1H), 7.64 (s, 1 H), 6.61 (d, 1H), 5.44 (d, 1 H), 4.99 (s, 2H), 3.83 (m, 3H), 3.68 (m, 3H), 3.45 (m, 1 H), 2.19 (m, 2H)
MS: 368.95 [M+H]+
Step I: To a stirred solution of the title compound from Step H above (0.006.g, 0.024 mmol) in DCM (1.0 mL) was added a solution of 4M HCI in 1,4-dioxane (0.6 mL,) at 0 °C under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The solvents were removed under vacuum to afford the hydrochloride salt. The off-white solid was washed with n-hexane (2 mL) and then dried under vacuum to afford the title compound as a white solid (0.004 g, 40%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ 9.08 (d, 1 H), 8.70 (d, 1 H), 8.56 (d, 1 H), 8.38 (dd, 2H), 7.72 (q, 1 H), 7.00 (d, 1 H), 5.54 (d, 1 H), 5.32 (s, 2H), 3.85 (m, 3H), 3.61 (td, 1H), 2.26 (m, 2H)
MS: 368.90 [M+H]+
Examples 8 to 10
Following the same procedure as described for Example 7, except using the reagents indicated for the specific steps in Table 2 below, the following Examples were prepared.
Table 2:
Example 11 (2-(6-(2-fluoroethoxy)pyridin-3-yl)-6-(1-methyl-1/7-pyrazol-4-yl)-6,7-dihvdro-5/-/- imidazo[1 ,5-b][1 ,2,4]triazol-5-one
In an oven-dried screw capped vial was added 3-bromo-1-(tetrahydro-2/7-pyran-2-yl)-1/7-
1 ,2,4-triazole-5-carbaldehyde (1.5 g, 5.7 mmol), the title compound from Preparative Example 2 (3.1 g, 11.5 mmol), K2CO3 (1.6 g, 11.5 mmol) and a mixture of 1 ,4-dioxane and water (5 mL, 4/1 ) under an argon atmosphere. The reaction mixture was degassed with argon for 15 min. Then [1 ,1 - bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(ll), complex with dichloromethane (0.47 g, 0.57 mmol) was added and the mixture was heated to 60 °C for 5 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with ice-water and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 60 mL). The combined organic phase was dried over NazSCX concentrated and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (100-
200 mesh) employing 25% EtOAc in n-hexane to afford the title compound as a brownish solid (1.0 g, 55%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 10.7 (s, 1 H), 8.92 (d, 1H), 8.33 (dd, 1H), 6.89 (d, 1 H), 6.25 (dd, 1 H), 4.83 (t, 1 H), 4.74 (t, 1 H), 4.68 (t, 1 H), 4.62 (t, 1 H), 4.12 (m, 1 H), 3.78 (td, 1 H), 2.42 (m, 1 H), 2.16 (m, 1 H), 2.02 (m, 1 H), 1.77 (m, 2H), 1.66 (m, 1 H)
MS: 321.35 [M+H]+
Step B: To a stirred solution of the title compound from Step A above (0.4 g, 1.3 mmol) and 1 -methyl- 1H-pyrazol-4-amine (0.18 g, 1.9 mmol) in 1 ,2-dichloroethane (16 mL) was added molecular sieves 4 A and glacial AcOH (1.2 mL) under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 h. Then sodium triacetoxyborohydride (0.55 g, 2.6 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with aqueous saturated NaHCO3 (60 mL) and the product was extracted with 5% MeOH in DCM (3 x 60 mL). The combined organic phase was dried over Na2SO 4 and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude material was purified by column chromatography using silica gel (100-200 mesh) employing 4% MeOH in DCM to afford the title compound as a brown liquid (0.34 g, 65%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-c/6) δ 8.73 (d, 1 H), 8.23 (dd, 1 H), 7.16 (s, 1 H), 7.03 (s, 1 H), 6.97 (d, 1 H), 5.72 (dd, 1H), 5.02 (s, 1 H), 4.81 (t, 1 H), 4.72 (t, 1 H), 4.56 (dt, 2H), 4.28 (dd, 2H), 3.94 (d, 1 H), 3.70 (m, 1H), 3.68 (s, 3H), 2.22 (ddd, 1 H), 2.01 (m, 1H), 1.89 (td, 1H), 1.65 (m, 1H), 1.58 (m, 2H) MS: 402.43 [M+H]+
Step C: To a stirred solution of the title compound from Step B above (0.26 g, 0.65 mmol) in DCM (13 mL) was added a solution of 4 M HCI in 1 ,4-dioxane (2.6 mL) at 0 °C under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to afford the hydrochloride salt. The yellow solid was washed with n-hexane (3 x 5 mL) and dried under vacuum to afford the title compound (0.2 g, 87%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-b6) δ 8.81 (d, 1 H), 8.29 (dd, 1 H), 7.87 (s, 1 H), 7.54(s, 1 H), 7.07 (d, 1H), 4.82 (t, 1H), 4.73 (dd, 1 H), 4.61 (t, 1 H), 4.54 (s, 4H), 3.82 (s, 3H) MS: 318.35 [M+H]+
Step D: To an ice cool solution of the title compound from Step C above (0.2 mg, 0.63 mmol) in 1 ,2- dichloroethane (12 mL) was added sodium hydride (60% dispersed in mineral oil) (0.04 g, 0.95 mmol) under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. Then 1 ,T-carbonyldiimidazole (1.02 g, 6.3 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with ice cold water and the mixture was extracted with 5% MeOH in DCM (3 x 20 mL). The combined organic phase was dried over Na2SC>4 and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography (100-200 mesh) employing 3% MeOH in DCM to yield the title compound as a white solid (0.09 g, 42%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO- d6) δ 8.88 (d, 1 H), 8.36 (dd, 1 H), 8.07 (s, 1 H), 7.69 (s, 1 H), 7.05 (d, 1 H), 5.07 (s, 2H), 4.79 (m, 2H), 4.60 (m, 2H), 3.88 (s, 3H) MS: 344.15 [M+Hf
Step E: To a stirred solution of the title compound from Step D above (0.08 g, 0.23 mmol) in DCM (4 mL) was added a solution of 4 M HCI in 1 ,4-dioxane (0.8 mL) at 0 °C under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 h and the solvents were evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was treated with pentane and dried under vacuum to afford the title compound as a white solid (0.08 g, 92%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 8.88 (d, 1 H), 8.36 (dd, 1 H), 8.07 (s, 1 H), 7.69 (s, 1 H), 7.05 (d, 1 H), 5.07 (s, 2H), 4.83 (t, 1 H), 4.74 (t, 1 H), 4.63 (t, 1 H), 4.57 (t, 1 H), 3.88 (s, 3H) MS: 344.20 [M+H]+
Example 12
Following the same procedure as described for Example 11, except using the reagents indicated for the specific steps in Table 3 below, the following Example was prepared.
BIOLOGICAL ASSAY DESCRIPTION AND CORRESPONDING RESULTS
1 . Preparation of human Parkinson’s disease (PD) brain-derived alpha-synuclein (a-syn) aggregates
The procedure was adapted from the protocol described in Spillantini et al., 1998. Frozen tissue blocks from PD donors were thawed on ice and homogenized using a glass dounce homogenizer. The homogenate was then centrifuged at 11 ,000 x g (12,700 RPM) in an ultracentrifuge (Beckman, XL100K) for 20 minutes at 4°C using a pre-cooled 70.1 rotor (Beckman, 342184). Pellets were resuspended in extraction buffer [10 mM Tris-HCI pH 7.4, 10% sucrose, 0.85 M NaCI, 1 % protease inhibitor (Calbiochem 539131 ), 1 mM EGTA, 1% phosphatase inhibitor (Sigma P5726 and P0044)] and centrifuged at 15,000 x g (14,800 RPM, a 70.1 Ti rotor) for 20 minutes at 4°C. Pellets were discarded and sarkosyl (20% stock solution, Sigma L7414) was added to the supernatants to a final concentration of 1% and stirred at room temperature for one hour. This solution was then centrifuged at 100,000 x g (38,000 RPM, 70.1 Ti rotor) for one hour at 4°C. Pellets containing enriched alpha- synuclein aggregates were resuspended in PBS and stored at -80°C until use.
2. Micro-radiobindinq competition assay for the determination of binding affinity in PD brain-derived alpha-syn aggregates
PD brain-derived alpha-synuclein aggregates were spotted onto microarray slides. The slides were incubated with [3H]-alpha-synuclein reference at 25nM, 30nM or 40nM and the example compounds (non-radiolabelled) at 1 pM and 100nM. In some cases, the non-radiolabelled example compounds were further assessed for a range of different concentrations, varying from 0.05nM to 2pM. After incubation, slides were washed, and scanned by a real-time autoradiography system (BeaQuant, ai4R). Quantification of the signal was performed by using the image analysis software Beamage (ai4R). Non-specific signal was determined with an excess of non-radiolabelled reference alpha- synuclein ligand (2 pM) and specific binding was calculated by subtracting the non-specific signal from the total signal. Competition was calculated as percent, where 0% was defined as the specific binding in the presence of vehicle and 100% as the values obtained in the presence of excess of the non-radiolabelled reference alpha-synuclein ligand. K, values were calculated in GraphPad Prism7 by applying a nonlinear regression curve fit using a one site, specific binding model. All measurements were performed with at least two technical replicates. For compounds tested in more than one experiment, the mean of the replicates or Ki values in independent experiments is reported.
Results: Example compounds were assessed for their potency to compete with the binding of [3H]- reference alpha-synuclein ligand to PD patient brain-derived alpha-synuclein aggregates. Results of the micro-radiobinding competition assay for the example compounds tested are shown in Table 4 as: % competition at 1 pM and 100 nM. The Table 4 also shows Ki values. Ki measurements for example compounds 1-11 were performed on the same PD brain-derived alpha-synuclein aggregates while Ki measurements for example compounds 13-17, and 25 were performed on PD brain-derived alpha-synuclein aggregates from a different donor. The data shows that the compounds of the invention bind to human brain-derived alpha-synuclein aggregates. Example compounds 4, 5, 11 and 17 exhibited binding with very high affinity (Ki<100nM) to human PD patient brain-derived alpha-synuclein aggregates.
Table 4: Assessment of binding affinity by micro-radiobinding competition assay on human PD brain- derived alpha-synuclein aggregates. Percent (%) competition over the tritiated [3H]-reference alpha- synuclein ligand in the presence of 1 pM and 100 nM of example compounds 1 -29 and Ki values are also shown for selected example compounds in PD brain homogenates, (n.d. = not determined;* = two independent experiments were performed)
Claims
A compound of formula (I):
or a detectably labelled compound, stereoisomer, racemic mixture, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein is a 6-membered heteroaryl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl;
R1 is a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, NR4R5, or C1-C4alkyl; or
R1 is halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, NR4R5, or C1-C4alkyl; or
R1 is -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or -C3-C6cycloalkyl, wherein the C3-C6cycloalkyl of -NH-Cg-Cecycloalkyl or -C3-C6cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with at least one halo;
R2 is a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, and C1-C4alkyl; and
R4 and R5 are independently selected from H, C1-C4alkyl and haloC1-C4alkyl.
2. The compound according to claim 1 , having a formula (la):
or a detectably labelled compound, stereoisomer, racemic mixture, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein
R1 and R2 are defined in claim 1 ,
R3 is halo or C1-C4alkyl; and q is 0, 1 or 2.
3. The compound according to claim 1 or 2, wherein R1 is a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl selected from the following:
wherein R1a is F or H; or R1 is haloCi-C4alkoxy-.
4. The compound according to claim 3, wherein R1 is a 5-membered heterocyclyl which is:
, preferably F is 19F or 18F, more preferably 18F; or R1 is -OCH2-CH2-F.
5. The compound according to claim 1 or 2, wherein R2 a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl selected from the following:
wherein
R2a is selected from haloCi-C4alkyl, haloCi-C4alkoxy, Ci-C4alkoxy, and Ci-C4alkyl;
R2b is selected from H, haloCi-C4alkyl, haloCi-C4alkoxy, Ci-C4alkoxy, and Ci-C4alkyl; and s is 0, 1 or 2.
6. The compound according to claim 5, wherein R2 a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl selected from the following:
wherein
R2b is selected from haloCi-C4alkyl, haloCi-C4alkoxy, alkoxy, H, or Ci-C4alkyl.
or a detectably labelled compound, stereoisomer, racemic mixture, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof.
or a detectably labelled compound, stereoisomer, racemic mixture, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof.
9. The compound according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein the compound is a detectably labelled compound.
10. The compound according to claim 9, wherein the detectably labelled compound comprises a radioisotope selected from 18F, ZH and 3H. r L~N J
11. The compound according to claim 9 or 10, wherein R1 is 5
12. A diagnostic composition comprising a compound according to any one of claims 9 to 11 , and optionally at least one pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, carrier, diluent and/or adjuvant.
13. The compound according to any one of claims 9 to 11 , or the diagnostic composition according to claim 12, for use in the imaging of alpha-synuclein aggregates.
14. The compound according to any one of claims 9 to 11 , or the diagnostic composition according to claim 12, for use in positron emission tomography imaging of alpha-synuclein aggregates.
15. The compound for use or the diagnostic composition for use according to claim 13 or 14, wherein the use is for in vitro imaging, ex vivo imaging, or in vivo imaging, preferably the use is for in vivo imaging, more preferably the use is for brain imaging.
16. The compound according to any one of claims 9 to 11 , or the diagnostic composition according to claim 12, for use in diagnostics.
17. The compound for use or the diagnostic composition for use according to claim 16, wherein the diagnosis is the diagnosis of a disease, disorder or abnormality associated with alpha-synuclein aggregates or a predisposition therefor, wherein the disease, disorder or abnormality is optionally selected from Parkinson's disease (including sporadic, familial with alpha-synuclein mutations, familial with mutations other than alpha-synuclein, pure autonomic failure or Lewy body dysphagia), SNCA duplication carrier, Lewy Body dementia (LBD), dementia with Lewy bodies (DLB) (including “pure” Lewy body dementia), Parkinson’s disease dementia (PDD), diffuse Lewy body disease (DLBD), Alzheimer’s disease, sporadic Alzheimer’s disease, familial Alzheimer's disease with APP mutations, familial Alzheimer's disease with PS-1 , PS-2 or other mutations, familial British dementia, Lewy body variant of Alzheimer’s disease, Down syndrome, multiple system atrophy (MSA) (including Shy-Drager syndrome, striatonigral degeneration or olivopontocerebellar atrophy), traumatic brain injury, chronic traumatic encephalopathy, dementia puglistica, tauopathies (including Pick's disease, frontotemporal dementia, progressive supranuclear palsy, corticobasal degeneration, Niemann-Pick type C1 disease, frontotemporal dementia with Parkinsonism linked to chromosome 17), Creutzfeldt- Jakob disease, Huntington's disease, motor neuron disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (including sporadic, familial or ALS-dementia complex of Guam), neuroaxonal dystrophy, neurodegeneration with brain iron accumulation type 1 (including Hallervorden-Spatz
syndrome), prion diseases, ataxia telangiectatica, Meige’s syndrome, subacute sclerosing panencephalitis, Gerstmann-Straussler-Scheinker disease, inclusion-body myositis, Gaucher disease, Krabbe disease as well as other lysosomal storage disorders (including Kufor-Rakeb syndrome and Sanfilippo syndrome) and rapid eye movement (REM) sleep behavior disorder.
18. The compound for use or the diagnostic composition for use according to claim 17, wherein the disease is Parkinson's disease.
19. The compound for use or the diagnostic composition for use according to claim 17, wherein the disease is multiple system atrophy.
20. The compound for use or the diagnostic composition for use according to claim 17, wherein the disease is dementia with Lewy bodies.
21 . The compound for use or the diagnostic composition for use according to claim 17, wherein the disease is Parkinson’s disease dementia.
22. The compound for use or the diagnostic composition for use according to claim 16, wherein the disease is SNCA duplication carrier.
23. The compound for use or the diagnostic composition for use according to claim 17, wherein the disease is Alzheimer’s disease.
24. The compound for use or the diagnostic composition for use according to any one of claims 13 to 23, wherein the use is in a human.
25. A method of diagnosing a disease, disorder or abnormality associated with alpha-synuclein aggregates, in a subject, the method comprising the steps:
(a) Administering a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 11 , or a diagnostic composition according to claim 12 which comprises a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 11 , to the subject;
(b) Allowing the compound to bind to the alpha-synuclein aggregates; and
(c) Detecting the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates.
26. The method of diagnosing according to claim 24, the method further comprising the step of:
(d) Generating an image representative of the location and/or amount of the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates.
27. A method of positron emission tomography (PET) imaging of alpha-synuclein aggregates in a tissue of a subject, the method comprising the steps:
(a) Administering a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 11 , or a diagnostic composition according to claim 11 which comprises a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 11 , to the subject;
(b) Allowing the compound to bind to the alpha-synuclein aggregates; and
(c) Detecting the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates by collecting a positron emission tomography (PET) image of the tissue of the subject.
The method of positron emission tomography imaging according to claim 27, wherein the tissue is a tissue of the central nervous system (CNS), an eye tissue, tissue of a peripheral organ, or a brain tissue, preferably wherein the tissue is brain tissue. A method for the detection and optionally quantification of alpha-synuclein aggregates in a tissue of a subject, the method comprising the steps:
(a) Bringing a sample or a specific body part or body area suspected to contain an alpha- synuclein aggregates into contact with a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 11 , or a diagnostic composition according to claim 12 which comprises a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 11 ;
(b) Allowing the compound to bind to the alpha-synuclein aggregates;
(c) Detecting the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates using positron emission tomography; and
(d) Optionally quantifying the amount of the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates. A method of collecting data for the diagnosis of or for determining a predisposition to a disease, disorder or abnormality associated with alpha-synuclein aggregates, the method comprising the steps:
(a) Bringing a sample or a specific body part or body area suspected to contain alpha- synuclein aggregates into contact with a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 11 , or a diagnostic composition according to claim 12 which comprises a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 11 ;
(b) Allowing the compound to bind to the alpha-synuclein aggregates;
(c) Detecting the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates; and
(d) Optionally correlating the presence or absence of the compound bound to the alpha- synuclein aggregates with the presence or absence of the alpha-synuclein in the sample or specific body part or body area. A method of collecting data for prognosing a disease, disorder or abnormality associated with alpha-synuclein aggregates, for monitoring the progression of a disease, disorder or abnormality associated with alpha- synuclein aggregates in a patient; or for predicting responsiveness of a patient suffering from a disease, disorder or abnormality associated with alpha-synuclein aggregates to a treatment of the disease, disorder or abnormality associated with alpha-synuclein aggregates, wherein the method comprises the steps:
(a) Bringing a sample, a specific body part or body area suspected to contain alpha-synuclein aggregates into contact with a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 11 , or a
diagnostic composition according to claim 12 which comprises a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 11 ;
(b) Allowing the compound to bind to the alpha-synuclein aggregates;
(c) Detecting the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates
(d) Optionally correlating the presence or absence of the compound bound to the alpha- synuclein aggregates with the presence or absence of the alpha-synuclein aggregates in the sample or specific body part or body area; and
(e) Optionally repeating steps (a) to (c) and, if present, optional step (d) at least one time.
32. The method of claims 30 or 31 , wherein the step of optionally correlating the presence or absence of the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates with the presence or absence of the alpha-synuclein aggregates in the sample or specific body part or body area; comprises the steps of
- determining the amount of the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates;
- correlating the amount of the compound bound to the alpha-synuclein aggregates with the amount of the alpha-synuclein aggregates in the sample or specific body part or body area; and
- optionally comparing the amount of the compound bound with the alpha-synuclein aggregates in the sample or specific body part or body area to a normal control value in a healthy control subject.
33. A compound of formula (lll-F)
(lll-F) or a stereoisomer, racemic mixture, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein
(A) is a 6-membered heteroaryl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl;
R1F is a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl, which is optionally substituted with at least one C1-C4alkoxy, NR4R5, or C1-C4alkyl; or
R1F is C1-C4alkoxy, NR4R5, or C1-C4alkyl; or
R1F is -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or C3-C6cycloalkyl; and
R2 is a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, and C1-C4alkyl;
R4 and R5 are independently selected from H, and CrC4alkyl;
LG is a leaving group; and n is at least 1 . 34.. A compound of formula (I I l-F)
or a stereoisomer, racemic mixture, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein is a 6-membered heteroaryl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl;
R1 is a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, NR4R5, or C1-C4alkyl; or
R1 is halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, NR4R5, or C1-C4alkyl; or
R1 is -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or -C3-C6cycloalkyl, wherein the C3-C6cycloalkyl of -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or -C3-C6cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with at least one halo;
R4 and R5 are independently selected from H, C1-C4alkyl and haloC1-C4alkyl ; and
R2F is a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from C1-C4alkoxy, and C1-C4alkyl; and
LG is a leaving group. , The compound of formula (lll-F) according to claim 33, or the compound of formula (II l-F’) according to claim 34, wherein LG is selected from bromo, chloro, iodo, C1-C4alkylsulfonate and Ce-Cioarylsulfonate, wherein the Ce-Cwarylsulfonate can be optionally substituted with -CH3 or -NO2. . A compound of formula (l-F)
or a stereoisomer, racemic mixture, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein
(A) is a 6-membered heteroaryl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl;
R1F is a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl, which is optionally substituted with at least one C1-C4alkoxy, NR4R5, or C1-C4alkyl; or
R1F is C1-C4alkoxy, NR4R5, or C1-C4alkyl; or
R1F is -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or C3-C6cycloalkyl;
R2 is a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, and C1-C4alkyl;
R4 and R5 are independently selected from H, and C1-C4alkyl; and n is at least 1 , preferably 1 .
37. A compound of formula (l-F’)
or a stereoisomer, racemic mixture, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein is a 6-membered heteroaryl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl;
R1 is a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, NR4R5, or C1-C4alkyl; or
R1 is halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, NR4R5, or C1-C4alkyl; or
R1 is -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or -C3-C6cycloalkyl, wherein the C3-C6cycloalkyl of -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or -C3-C6cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with at least one halo;
R4 and R5 are independently selected from H, C1-C4alkyl and haloC1-C4alkyl ; and
R2F is a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from C1-C4alkoxy, and C1-C4alkyl.
38. A compound of formula (fll-H)
or a stereoisomer, racemic mixture, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, wherein
is a 6-membered heteroaryl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl;
R1 is a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, NR4R5, or C1-C4alkyl; or
R1 is halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, NR4R5, or C1-C4alkyl; or
R1 is -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or -C3-C6cycloalkyl, wherein the C3-C6cycloalkyl of -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or -C3-C6cycloalkyl is optionally substituted with at least one halo;
R2 is a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl, optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, and C1-C4alkyl; and
R4 and R5 are independently selected from H, C1-C4alkyl and haloC1-C4alkyl;
X is bromo, chloro or iodo; m is 0, 1 , 2 or 3; p is 0, 1 , 2 or 3; and with the proviso that the compound of formula (I I l-H) comprises at least one X. A compound of formula (l-H)
or a stereoisomer, racemic mixture, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof, is a 6-membered heteroaryl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, or C1-C4alkyl;
R1 is a 4- to 6-membered heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted with at least one halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, NR4R5, or C1-C4alkyl; or
R1 is halo, haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, NR4R5, or C1-C4alkyl; or
R1 is -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or -C3-Cecycloalkyl, wherein the C3-C6cycloalkyl of -NH-C3-C6cycloalkyl or -C3-Cecycloalkyl is optionally substituted with at least one halo; and R2 is a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl optionally substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from haloC1-C4alkyl, haloC1-C4alkoxy, C1-C4alkoxy, and C1-C4alkyl;
R4 and R5 are independently selected from H, C1-C4alkyl and haloC1-C4alkyl;
Y is D, CD3, T or CT3;
m is 0, 1 , 2 or 3; p is 0, 1 , 2 or 3; with the proviso that the compound of formula (l-H) comprises at least one D, CDs, T or CT3, wherein D is Deuterium and T is 3H (Tritium).
5 40. A method of preparing the compound of formula (l-F) according to claim 36, the method comprising reacting the compound of formula (lll-F) according to claim 33 or 34 with a bpfluorinating agent, so that LG is replaced by 18F.
41. A method of preparing the compound of formula (l-F’) according to claim 37, the method comprising reacting the compound of formula (lll-F’) according to claim 35 with a 18F-
10 fluorinating agent, so that LG is replaced by 18F.
42. The method according to claim 40 or 41 , wherein the 18F-fluorinating agent is selected from K18F, Rb18F, CS18F, Na18F, Kryptofix[222]18F, tetra(Ci.6alkyl)ammonium salt of 18F, and tetrabutylammonium [18F]fluoride.
43. A method of preparing the compound of formula (l-H) according to claim 39, the method
15 comprising reacting the compound of formula (lll-H) according to claim 38 with a 2H radiolabelling agent, so that X is replaced by D or CDs.
44. A method of preparing the compound of formula (l-H) according to claim 39, comprising reacting the compound of formula (lll-H) according to claim 38 with a 3H radiolabelling agent like CT3, so that X is replaced by T or CT3.
20 45. The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 11 , for use as an in vitro analytical reference or an in vitro screening tool.
46. A test kit for the detection and/or diagnosis of a disease, disorder or abnormality associated with alpha-synuclein aggregates, wherein the test kit comprises at least one compound as defined in any one of claims 9 to 11.
25 47. A kit for preparing a radiopharmaceutical preparation, wherein the kit comprises a sealed vial containing at least one compound as defined in any one of claims 33, 34, 35 or 38.
48. The kit according to claim 46, wherein the radiopharmaceutical preparation is for use in the imaging of alpha-synuclein aggregates, wherein the imaging is preferably conducted by positron emission tomography.
3049. The kit according to claim 46, wherein the radiopharmaceutical preparation is for use for in vitro imaging, ex vivo imaging, or in vivo imaging, preferably the use is for in vivo imaging.
50. The kit according to claim 46, wherein the radiopharmaceutical preparation is for use in brain imaging.
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
EP22214244 | 2022-12-16 | ||
EP22214244.0 | 2022-12-16 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2024126840A1 true WO2024126840A1 (en) | 2024-06-20 |
Family
ID=84537456
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/EP2023/086185 WO2024126840A1 (en) | 2022-12-16 | 2023-12-15 | Novel compounds for diagnosis |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
WO (1) | WO2024126840A1 (en) |
Citations (13)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2009155017A2 (en) | 2008-05-30 | 2009-12-23 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Novel substituted azabenzoxazoles |
WO2010063701A2 (en) | 2008-12-02 | 2010-06-10 | Ge Healthcare Limited | In vivo imaging method |
WO2011128455A1 (en) | 2010-04-16 | 2011-10-20 | Ac Immune S.A. | Novel compounds for the treatment of diseases associated with amyloid or amyloid-like proteins |
WO2012037928A2 (en) | 2010-09-20 | 2012-03-29 | Klinikum Darmstadt Gmbh | Compounds for the diagnosis of neurodegenerative disorders on the olfactory epithelium |
US20120302755A1 (en) | 2008-02-14 | 2012-11-29 | Siemens Medical Solutions Usa, Inc. | Imaging Agents for Detecting Neurological Dysfunction |
US20140142089A1 (en) | 2011-08-18 | 2014-05-22 | Korea Institute Of Science And Technology | Pharmaceutical compositions for preventing or treating degenerative brain disease and method of screening the same |
WO2016033445A1 (en) | 2014-08-29 | 2016-03-03 | Chdi Foundation, Inc. | Probes for imaging huntingtin protein |
WO2017153601A1 (en) | 2016-03-11 | 2017-09-14 | Ac Immune Sa | Bicyclic compounds for diagnosis and therapy |
WO2019234243A1 (en) | 2018-06-08 | 2019-12-12 | Ac Immune Sa | Novel compounds for diagnosis |
WO2021224489A1 (en) | 2020-05-07 | 2021-11-11 | Ac Immune Sa | Novel compounds for diagnosis |
WO2023083961A1 (en) * | 2021-11-10 | 2023-05-19 | Ac Immune Sa | Dihydropyrrolo[3,4-c]pyrazole derivatives and their use in diagnosis |
WO2023084000A1 (en) * | 2021-11-10 | 2023-05-19 | Ac Immune Sa | 4h-imidazo[1,5-b]pyrazole derivatives for diagnosis |
WO2023083998A1 (en) * | 2021-11-10 | 2023-05-19 | Ac Immune Sa | Dihydropyrrolo[3,4c]-pyrazole derivatives and their use in diagnosis |
-
2023
- 2023-12-15 WO PCT/EP2023/086185 patent/WO2024126840A1/en unknown
Patent Citations (13)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20120302755A1 (en) | 2008-02-14 | 2012-11-29 | Siemens Medical Solutions Usa, Inc. | Imaging Agents for Detecting Neurological Dysfunction |
WO2009155017A2 (en) | 2008-05-30 | 2009-12-23 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Novel substituted azabenzoxazoles |
WO2010063701A2 (en) | 2008-12-02 | 2010-06-10 | Ge Healthcare Limited | In vivo imaging method |
WO2011128455A1 (en) | 2010-04-16 | 2011-10-20 | Ac Immune S.A. | Novel compounds for the treatment of diseases associated with amyloid or amyloid-like proteins |
WO2012037928A2 (en) | 2010-09-20 | 2012-03-29 | Klinikum Darmstadt Gmbh | Compounds for the diagnosis of neurodegenerative disorders on the olfactory epithelium |
US20140142089A1 (en) | 2011-08-18 | 2014-05-22 | Korea Institute Of Science And Technology | Pharmaceutical compositions for preventing or treating degenerative brain disease and method of screening the same |
WO2016033445A1 (en) | 2014-08-29 | 2016-03-03 | Chdi Foundation, Inc. | Probes for imaging huntingtin protein |
WO2017153601A1 (en) | 2016-03-11 | 2017-09-14 | Ac Immune Sa | Bicyclic compounds for diagnosis and therapy |
WO2019234243A1 (en) | 2018-06-08 | 2019-12-12 | Ac Immune Sa | Novel compounds for diagnosis |
WO2021224489A1 (en) | 2020-05-07 | 2021-11-11 | Ac Immune Sa | Novel compounds for diagnosis |
WO2023083961A1 (en) * | 2021-11-10 | 2023-05-19 | Ac Immune Sa | Dihydropyrrolo[3,4-c]pyrazole derivatives and their use in diagnosis |
WO2023084000A1 (en) * | 2021-11-10 | 2023-05-19 | Ac Immune Sa | 4h-imidazo[1,5-b]pyrazole derivatives for diagnosis |
WO2023083998A1 (en) * | 2021-11-10 | 2023-05-19 | Ac Immune Sa | Dihydropyrrolo[3,4c]-pyrazole derivatives and their use in diagnosis |
Non-Patent Citations (66)
Title |
---|
"Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences", 1975, MACK PUBLISHING COMPANY, pages: 1445 |
ASKANAS ET AL., J. NEUROPATHOL. EXP. NEUROL., vol. 59, no. 7, July 2000 (2000-07-01), pages 592 - 8 |
BROOKS, J. NUCL. MED., vol. 51, 2010, pages 596 - 609 |
CAPOTOSTI F.: "Oral presentation", 18 March 2022, ADPD 2022 INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE, article "Discovery of a novel and promising PET-tracer for alpha-synuclein" |
CAPOUCH ET AL., NEUROL. THER., vol. 7, 2018, pages 249 - 263 |
CAREYSUNDBERG, ORGANISCHE SYNTHESE, 1995, pages 279 - 281 |
CHARLES ET AL., NEUROSCI. LETT., vol. 289, no. 1, 28 July 2000 (2000-07-28), pages 29 - 32 |
COENEN: "PET-Chemistry - The Driving Force in Molecular Imaging", 2006, SPRINGER, article "Fluorine-18 Labeling Methods: Features and Possibilities of Basic Reactions", pages: 15 - 50 |
COOKSON, ANNU. REV. BIOCHEM., vol. 74, 2005, pages 29 - 52 |
CROWTHER ET AL., FEBS LETT, vol. 436, no. 3, 1998, pages 309 - 312 |
DIAGNOSIS AND PHARMACOLOGICAL MANAGEMENT OF PARKINSON'S DISEASE, January 2010 (2010-01-01) |
EBERLING ET AL., J PARKINSONS DIS, vol. 3, no. 4, 2013, pages 565 - 7 |
EBERLINGDAVEFRASIER, J. PARKINSON'S DISEASE, vol. 3, 2013, pages 565 - 567 |
ELLIS ET AL., J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 276, no. 6, 2001, pages 3879 - 3884 |
FANCIULLI ET AL., N. ENGL. J. MED., vol. 372, 2015, pages 249 - 63 |
FERMAN ET AL., J INT NEUROPSYCHOL SOC, vol. 8, no. 7, 2002, pages 907 - 914 |
FERMAN ET AL., J. INT. NEUROPSYCHOL. SOC., vol. 8, no. 7, 2002, pages 907 - 914 |
FUJIWARA ET AL., NAT. CELL. BIOL., vol. 4, no. 2, 2002, pages 160 - 164 |
GALVIN ET AL., ARCH NEUROL, vol. 58, 2001, pages 186 - 90 |
GALVIN ET AL., JAMA NEUROLOGY, vol. 58, no. 2, 2001, pages 186 - 190 |
HASEGAWA ET AL., J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 277, no. 50, 2002, pages 49071 - 49076 |
HU ET AL., CHIN. SCI. BULL., vol. 46, 2001, pages 1 - 3 |
IWAI ET AL., BIOCHEMISTRY, vol. 34, no. 32, 1995, pages 10139 - 10145 |
J. FLUORINE CHEM., vol. 27, 1985, pages 177 - 191 |
JELLINGER, MOV DISORD, vol. 18, 2003, pages 2 - 12 |
JELLINGER, MOV. DISORD., vol. 18, 2003, pages 2 - 12 |
KOO ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI., vol. 96, no. 18, 1999, pages 9989 - 9990 |
KOVARI ET AL., ACTA NEUROPATHOL, vol. 114, no. 3, 2007, pages 295 - 8 |
L. CAIS. LUV. PIKE, EUR. J. ORG. CHEM, 2008, pages 2853 - 2873 |
LASHUEL ET AL., J. MOL. BIOL., vol. 322, 2002, pages 1089 - 102 |
LESAGE ET AL., HUM. MOL. GENET., vol. 18, 2009, pages R48 - 59 |
LI ET AL., PROC. NATL. ACAD. SCI. USA, vol. 102, no. 6, 2005, pages 2162 - 2167 |
LIPPA ET AL., ANN NEUROL., vol. 45, no. 3, March 1999 (1999-03-01), pages 353 - 7 |
MCKEE ET AL., BRAIN, vol. 136, 2013, pages 43 - 64 |
MCLEAN ET AL., NEUROSCI. LETT., vol. 323, no. 3, 2002, pages 219 - 223 |
NAKAMURA ET AL., BIOCHEM. BIOPHYS. RES. COMMUN., vol. 280, no. 4, 2001, pages 1085 - 1092 |
NEGRO ET AL., FASEB J, vol. 16, no. 2, 2002, pages 210 - 212 |
NETSCHER, RECENT RES. DEV. ORG. CHEM., vol. 7, 2003, pages 71 - 83 |
OUESLATI ET AL., PROG. BRAIN RES., vol. 183, 2010, pages 115 - 145 |
OUTEIRO ET AL., MOL. NEURODEGENER., vol. 14, 2019, pages 5 |
PRONIN ET AL., J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 275, no. 34, 2000, pages 26515 - 26522 |
PUSCHMANN ET AL., PARKINSONISM RELAT DISORD, vol. 18S1, 2012, pages S24 - S27 |
PUSCHMANN ET AL., PARKINSONISM RELAT. DISORD., vol. 18S1, 2012, pages S24 - S27 |
REDMOND, NEUROSCIENTIST, vol. 8, 2002, pages 457 - 88 |
ROCHET ET AL., BIOCHEMISTRY, vol. 39, no. 35, 2000, pages 10619 - 10626 |
SAITO ET AL., J NEUROPATHOL EXP NEUROL, vol. 63, no. 4, 2004, pages 323 - 328 |
SCHAPIRA CURR. OPIN. NEUROL., vol. 26, no. 4, 2013, pages 395 - 400 |
SCHMID ET AL., J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 284, no. 19, 2009, pages 13128 - 13142 |
SCHMITZ ET AL., MOL. NEUROBIOL., 22 August 2018 (2018-08-22) |
SMITH ET AL., J. PATHOL., vol. 232, 2014, pages 509 - 521 |
STEFANOVA ET AL., NEUROPATHOL. APPL. NEUROBIOL., vol. 42, 2016, pages 20 - 32 |
SYNTHESIS, 1982, pages 85 - 125 |
T. W. GREEN AND P. G. M. WUTS: "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", 2014, JOHN WILEY & SONS |
TAKAHASHI ET AL., BRAIN RES, vol. 938, no. 1-2, 2002, pages 73 - 80 |
TROJANOWSKI ET AL., CELL DEATH DIFFER, vol. 5, no. 10, 1998, pages 832 - 837 |
USENOVIC ET AL., J NEUROSCI, vol. 32, no. 12, 2012, pages 4240 - 4246 |
USENOVIC ET AL., J. NEUROSCI., vol. 32, no. 12, 2012, pages 4240 - 4246 |
VOLLES ET AL., BIOCHEMISTRY, vol. 41, no. 14, 2002, pages 4595 - 4602 |
WILHELMSEN ET AL., ARCH NEUROL, vol. 61, no. 3, March 2004 (2004-03-01), pages 398 - 406 |
WINDER-RHODES ET AL., MOV DISORD, vol. 27, no. 2, 2012, pages 312 - 315 |
WINDER-RHODES ET AL., MOV. DISORD., vol. 27, no. 2, 2012, pages 312 - 315 |
WOOD ET AL., J. BIOL. CHEM., vol. 274, no. 28, 1999, pages 19509 - 19512 |
WOOD, NAT. REV. NEUROL., vol. 10, 2014, pages 305 |
YAMAGUCHI ET AL., J. NEUROPATHOL. EXP. NEUROL., vol. 63, no. 4, 2004, pages 323 - 328 |
YING-HUI CHOU ET AL., JAMA NEUROL, vol. 72, no. 4, 1 April 2015 (2015-04-01), pages 432 - 440 |
ZREIN ET AL., CLIN. DIAGN. LAB. IMMUNOL., vol. 5, 1998, pages 45 - 49 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US11623931B2 (en) | Bicyclic compounds for diagnosis and therapy | |
US20230174536A1 (en) | Novel compounds for diagnosis | |
JP7397492B2 (en) | Bicyclic compounds for diagnosis | |
WO2023083961A1 (en) | Dihydropyrrolo[3,4-c]pyrazole derivatives and their use in diagnosis | |
WO2023083998A1 (en) | Dihydropyrrolo[3,4c]-pyrazole derivatives and their use in diagnosis | |
AU2022385416A1 (en) | 4h-imidazo[1,5-b]pyrazole derivatives for diagnosis | |
CN117940435A (en) | Novel compounds for diagnosing TDP-43 proteinopathies | |
WO2024126840A1 (en) | Novel compounds for diagnosis | |
WO2024126842A1 (en) | Novel compounds for diagnosis | |
JP7059270B2 (en) | Compounds for imaging tau protein aggregates | |
EP4368622A1 (en) | Method of purifying a compound | |
KR20240116741A (en) | Dihydropyrrolo[3,4C]-pyrazole derivatives and their use in diagnostics | |
JP2018531978A (en) | New compounds for tau imaging |